Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
LIBRARY
SEP 13 1962
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1962-1963
SWARTHMORE
-
PENNSYLVANIA
V Ph
Table of Contents
Calend ar ..... .......................................................................................
Per so n n el .......... . . . . . ................................. .................................................................
The Corporation and The Board of M a n ag ers.................................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C o u n c il.............................................
The Faculty ....................................................................
Divisions and D epartm en ts...................
Standing C om m ittees..............................................................................................
Administrative Officers and Assistants ..............................................................
Introduction to Swarthmore Co l l e g e ..............................................................
A dm ission.................
E xpenses....................................................................................................................
Student Aid and Scholarships...............................................................................
Educational Resources ............................................................................................
College Life .............................................................................................................
Student C om m unity...............................................................
The Educational P r o g r a m ........................................................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophom ores............................................................
Program for Juniors and S e n io rs.........................................................................
Reading for Honors .................................................................................................
Pre-Medical Program .................
Faculty R egulations........................................
Requirements for G ra d u a tio n ...............................................................................
Advanced Degrees ..................................................................................................
Awards and P riz e s ..................................................................................................
Fellow ships............. ............................................ .....................................................
Courses of I nstruction ............................................................................................
A stronom y.................................................................................................................
B io lo g y ............. ...................................................................................... .................
Chemistry ................................ i f .................... .......................................................
Classics .....................................................................................................................
Econom ics.................................................................................................................
E ngineering...........................................................
English Literature ...................................................................................................
Fine Arts .......................................................................................
History ...................................................
International Relations ..........................................................................................
Mathematics .............................................................................................................
Modem Languages and Literatures .....................................................................
M u sic ..........................................................................................................................
Philosophy and R elig io n ........................................................................................
Physical Education for M e n .................................................................................
Physical Education for Women ...........................................................................
Physics ...................
Political S cien ce.......................................................................................................
Psychology and E du catio n ......................................................................................
Russian Studies .......................................................................................................
Reference Se c t io n .......................................................
Visiting Examiners ................................................................................................
Degrees C o n ferred ..................................................................................................
Awards and D istinctions........................................................................................
Enrollment Statistics ..............................................................................................
In d e x ..........................................................................................................................
Plan of College G r o u n d s ........................................................................................
3
Page
4
7
8
11
13
20
21
22
25
29
32
33
41
45
47
51
53
55
55
58
60
62
62
64
65
67
68
70
75
79
82
85
96
100
103
107
108
Ill
118
121
126
127
129
132
137
142
143
144
146
150
152
153
158
1962
3
7
14
21
28
OCTO BER
s
T F
M T w
4
5
6
1 2
3
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 2 4 25 26 27
29 30 31
s
4
11
18
25
NOVEM BER
3
T w
T
F
3
1 2
7
8
9 IO
5
6
12 13 14 15 16 17
19 20 21 2 2 2 3 2 4
26 27 28 29 3 0
M
8
2
9
16
23
30
M
DECEM BER
w
T
T
F
5
6
3
4
7
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 25 26 27 28
31
s
1
8
15
22
29
1963
JANU ARY
3
M
6
7
13 14
20 21
2 7 28
s
7
14
21
28
M
T
w
T
F
s
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
2 2 23 2 4 2 5 26
29 3 0 31
A P R IL
w
T
T
8
M
4
11
17 18
2 4 25
3
IO
8
6
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 2 4 25 26 27
29 30
7
14
21
28
M
T
w
8
M
6
7
13 14
20 21
27 28
T
w
M
T
T
6
7
12 13 14
19 20 21
26 2 7 28
W
F
8
8
M
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 3 0
5
6
7
4
11 12 13 14
18 19 20 21
2 5 26 2 7 28
8
F
4
3
10 11
17 18
2 4 25
31
8
M
8
4
5
1 2
3
8
9 10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31
s
M
T
8
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 so
F
s
3
1 2
8
9 10
15 16 17
22 23 2 4
29 30 31
T
4
5
6
7
3
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 2 5 26 2 7 28
T
w
T
F
8
SEPTEM BER
T
w
F
1
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 2 5 26 27 28 29
30
s
M
T
w
T
F
s
6
7
1 2
3
4
5
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
DECEM BER
NOVEM BER
F
T
JUNE
T
w
T
w
7
3
4
5
6
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
2 4 2 5 26 27 28
31
AUGUST
T
3
4
5
6
1 2
8
9 10 11 12 13
15 16 17 18 19 2 0
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30 31
M
T
5
O CTO BER
8
MARCH
s
MAY
F
JU LY
8
FEBRUARY
w
8
T
F
T
1 2
5
6
7
8
9
12 13 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23
26 27 28
F
s
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 2 3
29 3 0
s
M
T
w
T
F
8
4
5
6
7
1 2
3
8
9 IO 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
1964
8
M
5
6
12 13
19 20
26 27
s
M
6
5
12 13
19 20
26 2 7
JANU ARY
w
T
T
1 2
7
8
9
14 15 16
21 22 23
28 29 3 0
s
F
4
3
IO 1 1
17 18
2 4 25
31
A P R IL
T w
T
s
F
1 2
3
4
7
8
9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 24 2 5
28 2 9 3 0
s
M
FEBRUARY
w
T
T F
2
3
4
5
6
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 2 4 25 26 2 7
s
M
T
M AY
W
T
7
3
4
5
6
10 11 12 13 14
17 18 19 20 21
24 2 5 26 2 7 28
31
4
s
1
7
8
14 15
21 2 2
28 2 9
s
F
1 2
8
9
15 16
22 23
29 30
MARCH
w
T
T
F 8
s
M
7
6
4
5
1 2
3
9 10 11 12 13 14
8
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 2 4 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
s
7
14
21
28
JUNE
w
T
F 8
6
5
4
3
1 2
9 10 11 12 13
8
15 16 17 18 19 20
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 3 0
M
T
College Calendar
1962
Fall Semester
September 19-22 .........................Freshman placement days
September 2 2 ............................... Registration
September 2 2 ...............................Meeting of honors students
September 2 4 ............................... Classes and honors seminars begin
October 2 .....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
November 6 .................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
November 22-25 .........................Thanksgiving recess
December 4 .................................Annual Meeting of theBoard of Managers
December 19 ...............................Christmas recess begins, 5: 00 p. m.
1963
January 3 .......... ..........................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
January 3-19 ...............................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 1 5 .................................. Classes and seminars end
January 1 6 .................................. Meeting of honors students
January 1 8 .................................. Registration for spring semester
January 21 ...................................Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 2 1 ................ ..................Mid-year examinations begin
January 3 0 .................................. Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 4 ...................................Classes begin
February 5 ...................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 5 .......................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 23 .................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
April 1 ........................................ Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
April 2 ........ ........................... . .Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 4 .......................................... Honors seminars end
May 6-18 ..............................
Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 7 ...........................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 1 4 .........................................Written honors examinations begin
May 18 .......................................Classes end
May 2 0 ........................................ Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 2 2 .........................................Course examinations begin
May 2 5 .........................................Written honors examinations end
May 30-June 1 ...........................Oral honors examinations
June 1 .................... .............
Course examinations end
June 3 - 5 ...................................... Senior comprehensive examinations
June 7 .........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 8 .............. ±........................Alumni Day
June 9 .........................................Baccalaureate Day
June 10 .......................................Commencement Day
5
* College Calendar (Tentative)
1963
Fall Semester
September
September
September
September
October 1
November
November
December
December
18-21 .........................Freshman placement days
21 ...............................Registration
2 1 ...............................Meeting of honors students
2 3 ...............................Classes and honors seminars begin
.....................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
5 .................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
28-30 .........................Thanksgiving recess
3 .................................Annual Meeting of the Board of Managers
19 ...............................Christmas recess begins, 5: 00 p. m.
1964
January 3 .....................................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
January 3-18 ...............................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
January 1 4 ................................... Classes and seminars end
January 15 ...................................Meeting of honors students
January 17 .................................. Registration for spring semester
January 2 0 ................................... Honors seminars begin for spring semester
January 2 0 ..................................Mid-year examinations begin
January 29 .................................. Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 3 ...................................Classes begin
February 4 ................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 3 ..................................... Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
March 21 ................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
March 30 ....................................Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
April 7 .........................................Meeting of the Board of Managers
May 2 .......................................... Honors seminars end
May 5 ...........................................Executive Committee of the Board of Managers
May 4-16 .................. . ................Reading period for course students
(at the option of the instructor)
May 1 2 .........................................Written honors examinations begin
May 1 6 ......................................... Classes end
May 1 8 ......................................... Enrollment in classes for fall semester
May 2 0 .........................................Course examinations begin
May 2 3 .........................................Written honors examinations end
May 28-30 ................................... Oral honors examinations
May 3 0 .........................................Course examinations end
June 1 - 3 .......................................Senior comprehensive examinations
June 5 ......................................... Meeting of the Board of Managers
June 6 .........................................Alumni Day
j une 7 .........................................Baccalaureate Day
June 8 ......................................... Commencement Day
• The College Calendar is under study by a Faculty committee, and the above dates for 196}-64
should be regarded as completely tentative.
6
The Corporation
Claude C. Sm ith , Chairman
1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
P h ilip T. Sharples , Vice-Chairman
23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
J oseph B. Sha n e , Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Richard B. W illis , Treasurer
Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co., 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia 3, Pa.
Edward K. Cratsley, Assistant Treasurer
Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Board of Managers
Ex officio
Courtney Sm ith , President of Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Emeriti
Rut h P otter Ashton , 409 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
E lisabeth H allowell Bartlett , The Cambridge Arms, North Charles and 34th Sts.,
Baltimore 18, Md.
Isabel J enkins B ooth , Jefferson House, The Strand, New Castle, Del.
E lsie P almer Brow n , 1622 Twenty-ninth Street, N.W., Washington 7, D. C.
M ary Lippincott G riscom, 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N. J.
N icholas K ellby, 350 Park Avenue, New York 22, N. Y.
Barclay W h ite , 3337 Market Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
J oseph H. W illies , North Greenwich Road, Armonk, N. Y.
Life Members
E leanor Stabler Clarke, Crumwald Farm, Wallingford, Pa.
H adassah M. L. P arrot, 1025 Westview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
C laude C. Sm ith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
H elen G awthrop W orth , 805 Augusta Road, Westover Hills, Wilmington 6, Del.
Term Expires December, 1962
Richard C. Bond , 1300 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Arthur F. Burns , 2 Tudor City Place, New York, N. Y.
V irginia Stratton Cornell , Central Valley, N. Y.
Charles C. P rice, III, 118 Hilldale Rd., Lansdowne, Pa.
A lfred H. W illiams , 716 Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Building, Philadelphia 9, Pa.
»R obert M. Browning , 7305 Emlen St., Philadelphia 19, Pa.
♦Sue T homas T urner , East Valley Rd., Alfred Station, N. Y.
Term Expires December, 1963
C lem ent M. Biddle, 230 Oak Ridge Avenue, Summit, N. J.
G eorgb B. C lothier , 1418 Packard Building, Philadelphia 2, Pa.
H ilda Lang D enw orth , 301 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
W illiam P oole , 350 Delaware Trust Bldg., Wilmington 1, Del.
E lizabeth Carver P reston , 60 Dogwood Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
♦M artha W ood Christian , Powder Point Avenue, Duxbury, Mass.
♦C arl K. D ellmuth , Fidelity-Philadelphia Trust Co., Philadelphia 9, Pa.
• Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires December, 1964
Boyd T. Barnard, 914 Philadelphia National Bank Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
H. T homas H allowell , J r ., Highland and Kenmore Avenues, Jenkintown, Pa.
T homas B. M cCabe, Tinicum Island Road and Industrial Highway, Philadelphia 13, Pa.
H oward S. T urner , P. O. Box 1347, Pittsburgh 30, Pa.
N orman H. W inde , Ridley Creek Road, R. D . 2, Media, Pa.
♦Lester Asplundh , 505 York Road, Jenkintown, Pa.
♦Olive D eane Baker, Longfield, Ridley Park, Pa.
Term Expires December, 1965
Kathryn Sonneborn Read, 5407 Atlantic Avenue, Ventnor, N. J.
Philip T. Sharples , 23rd and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
Richard B. W illis , Provident Tradesmens Bank & Trust Co., 17th and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia 3, Pa.
♦Shirley D avis, 128 Bayard Lane, Princeton, N. J.
♦Charles E. Rickards, The Penn Mutual Life Insurance Co., Philadelphia 5, Pa.
C o m m it t e e s
of the
B oard
The Chairman of the Board is ex officio a member of every Committee
Executive
Charles C. P rice, III
P h ilip T. Sharples
H oward S. T urner
Richard B. W illis
N orman H . W inde
H elen G awthrop W orth
Boyd T. Barnard
Clement M. Biddle
Eleanor Stabler C larke
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
Thomas B. M cCabe
Hadassah M. L. P arrot
Elizabeth Carver P reston
Finance
H . T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
Charles E. Rickards
Richard B. W illis
Richard C. Bond
Robert M. Browning
George B. C lothier
Instruction and libraries
Clembnt M. Biddle
Robert M. Browning
Arthur F. Burns
Shirley D avis
Hilda L ang D enworth
Hadassah M. L. P arrot
W illiam P oole
Charles C. P rice, III
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
H elen G awthrop W orth
Property
V irginia Stratton Cornell
Carl K. D ellmuth
K athryn Sonneborn Read
Charles E. Rickards
N orman H . W inds
Lester Asplundh
Boyd T. Barnard
Robert M. Browning
Trusts
P h ilip T. Sharples
A lfred H . W illiams
Richard B. W illis
Thomas B. M cC abb
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
H. T homas H allowell , J r .
Nominated by the Alumni Association.
9
Student Activities
E lizabeth Carver P reston
O live D eane Baker
Clem ent M. Biddle
M artha W ood Christian
E leanor Stabler C larke
Shirley D avis
H ilda L ang D bnworth
Charles C. P rice, III
K athryn Sonneborn Read
H oward S. T urner
Sue T homas T urner
N orman H . W inds
Nominating
B oyd T. Barnard
Carl K. D ellmuth
H ilda Lang D enworth
C harles C. P rice, III
K athryn Sonneborn Read
Sub T homas T urner
Development
P h ilip T. Sharples
Lester Asplundh
Boyd T. Barnard
E leanor Stabler C larke
G eorge B. C lothier
Carl K. D ellm uth
H . T homas H allowell , J r .
T homas B. M cCabe
W illiam P oole
H oward S. T urner
A lfred H . W illiams
H elen G awthrop W orth
10
Alumni Association Officers
1961-1963
president, W illiam P oole '30, 215 Edgewood Road, Alapocas, Wilmington 3, Del.
Vice-President for Men, G ilbert B. M ustin , J r . ’42, School House Road, Blue Bell, Pa.
Vice-President for Women, Ruth Cleaver Carter ’30, 329 Owen Avenue, Lansdowne,
Pa.
Secretary, M argaret W alker Lippincott '45, Rose Valley Road, Moylan, Pa.
Alumni Council
Zone A
Term Expires
June
1963 W illiam B. Brosius ’22, Bodine Road, R. D., Berwyn, Pa.
Samuel L. Cresson ’39, 901 Waverly Road, Biya Mawr, Pa.
Edward M ahler ’50, 3220 Comanche Road, Pittsburgh 34, Pa.
1964 W alter S. Barclay ’37, 203 Lippincott Avenue, Riverton, N. J.
T homas B. D arlington ’45, New Lisbon, New Jersey.
1965 J oh n B. F elton ’43, 335 Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
Robert W. Lafore ’27, 10 Rose Hill Road, Moylan, Pa.
1963 Cornelia C larke Schmidt ’46, 334 Dickinson Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Sally Shields Shanb '51, 401 Vassar Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Frances Ramsey W orth '28, 1732 Cloverleaf Street, Bethlehem, Pa.
1964 M ary G oodwin C heydleur ’39, 1067 Wellington Road, Jenkintown, Pa.
E lizabeth Brosius G arrison ’38, Tidemarsh, R. D. No. 4 Bridgeton, N. J.
1965 N ancy Sm ith H ayden ’46, 40 Woodbrook Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
An n a Rickards Sensenig ’30, 2609 Woodleigh Road, Havertown, Pa.
Zone B
1963 W illiam C. M acP hail ’41, 60 Sutton Place South, New York 22, N. Y.
1964 LeRoy G. Baum ’27, 29 Bedford Road, Summit, N. J.
E. A llan V a n D eusen ’50, 235 Wood Pond Road, Glastonbury, Conn.
1965 A. T homas H allowell '37, 33 Rosslyn Court, Little Silver, N. J.
A lbert G. T hatcher '41, 39 Briarcliff Road, Mt. Lakes, N. J.
1963 Ruth F eely M errill ’38, 770 Kimball Avenue, Westfield, N. J.
1964 J ane T otah D avis ’50, 158 N orth Euclid Avenue, Westfield, N . J.
M argaret Chase J udd '39, 85 Brookside Road, New Britain, Conn.
1965 M ary A n n Kidder M arshall ’52, 43 Knollwood Avenue, Madison, N . J.
E lizabeth P eirce Sw ift ’42, 399 Patton Drive, Cheshire, Conn.
Zone C
1963 K. P aynb M artin ’24, Nashawtuc Road, Concord, Mass.
1963 N ancy H bffernan V altin ’51, Rip Road, Hanover, N. H.
1964
1965
1964
1965
Zone D
F. Edward Cavin ’41, 1628 21st Street, N.W., Washington 9, D. C.
D avid D oehlert ’50, 115 Dallas Avenue, Newark, Del.
J ane H amilton M acP hail ’38, 203 Kemble Road, Baltimore 18, Md.
Ru t h E. Cornell ’27, 227 Murphy Rd., Fairfax, Wilmington 3, Del.
Zone B
1963 H. K imble H icks ’35, c/o Dravo Corp., 1617 Pennsylvania Blvd., Philadelphia 3, Pa.
1963 M argaret Cupitt Strublb ’37, 5 Oxford Road, Pittsburgh 2, Pa.
11
Zone F
1964
1964
G ordon R owe ’49, 4617 Southern, Dallas 9, Tex.
J ean Robinson Loeb ’43, 2741 38th Street, Meridian, Miss.
1964
1965
1964
1965
J ames C. H ormel ’55, 1343 Hackberry Lane, Winnetka, 111.
W illiam W. Slocum , J r . '43, 3250 Penobscot Bldg., Detroit 26, Mich.
J ean Roberts Reller ’43, Route 2, Richmond, Ind.
W innifred P oland Pierce ’45, 211 McCotter Drive, Ann Arbor, Mich.
1963
1965
1963
1965
Ralph W. T ipping ’30, 12225 San Vicente Blvd., Los Angeles 49, Calif.
P aul S. O usley ’43, 10710 S.W. Elysium Avenue, Portland, Ore.
H ilda G ruenberg K rech ’34, 1496 Euclid Avenue, Berkeley 8, Calif.
A nita K elley P earson ’44, 629 Miner Road, Orinda, Calif.
Zone G
Zone H
12
The Faculty
Courtney Sm ith , President ............................................................... . • • • 324 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H.D., and Litt.D.
Edward K. Cratsley, Vice-President (Finance), Controller, and Professor of Eco
nomics ....................................................................................925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., Coliege of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
J oseph B. Sha ne , Vice-President (Public Relations and Alumni Affairs) and Professor
of Education............................................. ...................... .................Cunningham House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
. . . .
Gilmore Stott , Administrative Assistant to the President, and Lecturer in Philosophy,
318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M.A., University of Cincinnati; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University; M.A.
and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Susan P. Cobbs, Dean and Professor of Classics..................................... 406 Walnut Lane
B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
j
,
,
.. .
John M. M oore , Associate Dean, Registrar and Professor. of Philosophy and Religion,
J
2 Whittier Place
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Columbia University.
. .
Robert A. Barr, J r ., Dean of M e n ............................................... Benjamin W est House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara P earson Lange , Dean of W o m e n .......................... *....................1 Crum Ledge
J ohn C. H oy, Dean of Adm issions.....................................................Swarthmore College
B.A. and M.A., Wesleyan University.
,
Margaret L. M acLaren , Associate Dean of Admissions . . . .317 North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College.
E m eriti
Lydia Baer, Associate Professor Emeritus of G erm an.............. Anna Maria Island, Fla.
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Alfred M ansfield Brooks, Professor Emeritus of Fine Arts_ . . . . . . . .Gloucester, Mass.
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; M.A., Indiana University.
Edward H. Cox , Professor Emeritus of Chemistry................................ .416 Park Avenue
B.S., Far!ham College; M.A., Harvard University; Docteur ès Science, LUniversité de Genève, Docteur honoris causa, L’Université de Montpellier; D.Sc.,
Earlham College.
.
,
Henry J ermain M aude Creighton , Edmund Allen Professor Emeritus of Chemistry,
Tigh-Solas, Glen Margaret, Nova Scotia, Canada
B A M.A. and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University of Birmingham;
D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Robert H . D u n n , Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education for Men,
811 Westdale Avenue
B.S., Temple University.
.
T
Duncan G raham F oster, Professor Emeritus of Chem istry.................... 15 crest cane
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
Philip M arshall H icks, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor Emeritus of English
Literature ...............................................................................
....
Avondale, Pa.
B.A. and M.A.., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Everett L. H u n t , Dean Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of English.
(on special research grant) ................................................... . 221 N. Princeton Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M.A., University of Chicago; D.Litt. Huron College.
Wolfgang K öhler , Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology,
Lebanon, N. H.
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin; D.Sc., University of Pennsylvania, University of
Chicago, Kenyon College, Swarthmore College.
.
Edith P hilips , Susan W . Lippincott Professor Emeritus of French . . . .517 Blm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
13
L. R. Shbro , Professor Emeritus of G reek................................... 651 North Chester Road
B.A., Haverford College; B.A., Oxford University; M A . and Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
A lfred J. Sw an , Professor Emeritus of M u sic ___ 773 College Avenue, Haverford, Pa.
B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
P r o fesso rs
M ary A lbertson, Isaac H. Clothier Professor of History and International Relations,
405 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
Solomon E. Asch , Professor of Psychology............................................. 513 Elm Avenue
B.S., College of the City of New York; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
tMoNROE C. Beardsley, Professor of Philosophy.................................133 Rutgers Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
G eorge J. Becker, Alexander Griswold Cummins Professor of English,
401 Walnut Lane
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Washington.
P aul H. Be k , Professor of H istory........................................................... 4 W hittier Place
B.A., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
H amid K. Bhatti , Visiting Professor of Biology (University of the Panjab, Lahore,
Pakistan) ............ ......................................................... ..........317 North Chester Road
B.S. and M.S., University of the Panjab; Ph.D., Cambridge University.
Richard B. Brandt, Charles and Harriett Cox McDowell Professor of Philosophy,
.
408 Walnut Lane
B.A., Demson University; B.A., University of Cambridge; Ph.D., Yale University.
H einrich Brinkm ann , Edward Hicks Magill Professor of Mathematics,
.
403 Walnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T. Carpenter , Isaiah V. Williamson Professor of Civil and Mechanical En
gineering ............................................................................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E., and M.S., Ohio State University.
J oseph W . Conard, Professor of Economics...................217 North Swarthmore Avenue
B.A., Grinnell College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
W. C. Elmore , Morris L. Clothier Professor of Physics.........................525 Walnut Lane
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H. Clothier, Jr. Professor of B io lo g y.......... 311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
tjAMES A. Field, J r ., Professor of H isto ry ......................................... 612 Hillborn Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
M ilan W. G arrett, Professor of Physics.............................336 North Princeton Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., Oxford University.
H oward M alcolm J enkins , Henry C. and J. Archer Turner Professor of Engineering,
506 North Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College.
W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Edmund Allen Professor of Chem istry........ 311 Cedar Lane
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
* Laurence D. Lafore , Professor of H istory........................................... 506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy.
H arold M. M arch, Susan W . Lippincott Professor of French Language and Literature,
317 North Chester Road
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
F ranz H. M autner , Professor of Germ an............................................... 519 Walnut Lane
Dr. Phil., Univ. of Vienna.
J o h n D. M cCrumm , Howard N . and Ada ]. Eavenson Professor of Engineering,
Palmer Mill Road, R. D. 1, Media, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Colorado.
Bernard M orrill , Professor of Mechanical Engineering.................. 21 Oberlin Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.M.E., University of Dela
ware; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
t Absent on leave, spring semester, 1962-63.
$ Absent on leave, 1962-63.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
14
302 North Chester Road
H elen F. N orth, Professor of Classics . . .
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University.
*J. Roland P ennock, Richter Professor of Political Science.................... 3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Frank C. P ierson, Professor of Economics........................................... 740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Hedley H. Rhys, Professor of Fine A r t s .................................................512 Elm Avenue
B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Jambs D. Sorber, Professor of Spanish................................................... 404 Walnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., University of Nebraska.
N orman Sun , Visiting Professor of Economics (International Christian University,
Tokyo) ......................................................................................................4 Crum Ledge
B.A., Yenching University; Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Frederick B. T olles, Howard M. Jenkins Professor of Quaker History and Research
and Director of the Friends Historical Library.................................606 Elm Avenue
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University; D.Litt., Haverford College.
Peter van de K amp, Professor of Astronomy and Director of Sprout Observatory,
602 Elm Avenue
Cand. and Docts., University of Utrecht; Ph.D., University of California; D.Phil.,
University of Groningen.
Robert M. W alker, Professor of Fine A r t s .............................: • • • ; • -212
Avenue
B.A. and M.F.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
JHans W allach, Professor of Psychology...................................................604 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University of Berlin.
N eal A. W eber, Professor of Z o o lo g y................................................... 1 Whittier Place
BA., M.S. and D.Sc., University of North Dakota; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
Clair W ilcox, Joseph Wharton Professor of Political Economy . . . .510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania.
Elizabeth Cox W right, Professor of E nglish...........................Rose Valley, Moylan, Pa.
B.A., Wellesley College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
A
s s o c ia t e
P r o fesso rs
Carl Barus, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering...................... 8 Whittier Place
B.A., Brown University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
tWlLLlAM H. Brown, J r., Associate Professor of Economics, Crum Creek Rd., Media, Pa.
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Philip W. Carruth, Associate Professor of Mathematics.............. .. . .515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Hamilton College; M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
J ohn W. Chapman , Visiting Associate Professor of Political Science (University of
Pittsburgh) ................................................... ........... . . . ......................3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Hilde D. Cohn , Associate Professor of German...........................302 North Chester Road
Dr. Phil., University of Heidelberg.
David Cowden, Associate Professor o f E nglish.......................
312 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Lewis H. El verson, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
6 Whittier Place
B.S., University of Pennsylvania.
E. J. Faulkner, Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men,
235 Dickinson Avenue
Edward A. F ehnel , Associate Professor of Chem istry...........................600 Elm Avenue
B.S., M.S. and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Launce J. F lemister, Associate Professor of Zoology,
Rogers Lane and Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University.
Charles E. G ilbert, Associate Professor of Political Science.......... 223 Kenyon Avenue
B.A.,Haverford College; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
t Absent
on leave, 1962-63.
• Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
15
H enry G leitman , Associate Professor of Psychology, 6 Lantern Road, Spring Hill, Pa.
B.S., College of the City of New York; Ph.D., University of California.
Frédéric J. G rover, Associate Professor of French................................... 521 Elm Avenue
L. ès L., University of Paris; Ph.D., University of California.
G ilbert P. H aight , J r ., Associate Professor of Chemistry.............. 409 College Avenue
B.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
D aniel G. H offm an , Associate Professor of E nglish.............. .•................ 502 Cedar Lane
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Samuel L. H ynes , Associate Professor of E nglish.....................................5 Whittier Place
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
F redric K lees, Associate Professor of E nglish......................................... 525 Elm Avenue
B.A., Bowdoin College.
Luzern G. Livingston , Associate Professor of Botany,
422 Highland Avenue, Morton, Pa.
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
P aul C. M angelsdorf, J r ., Associate Professor of Psysics................ 110 Cornell Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
N orman A. M einkoth , Associate Professor of Zoology,
----*-------- '-431 West Woodland Avenue, Springfield, Pa.
B. of Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
I rbne M oll , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women,
The Damsite, Wallingford, Pa.
B.S. in Ed., University of Kansas; M.A., Texas State College for Women.
M artin O stwald, Associate Professor of Classics....................................... 7 Crum Ledge
B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Columbia
University.
P h ilip C. P rager, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering,
132 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.S. in M.E., University of Pittsburgh; M.M.E., University of Delaware.
V irginia Rath , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women .735 Yale Avenue
B.A., Hollins College; M.A., Columbia University.
D avid Rosen , Associate Professor of Mathematics . . . . 115 President Ave., Rutledge, Pa.
B.A., New York University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Ral ph L. Shively , Associate Professor of Mathematics............ ..........311 Cornell Avenue
B.S., M.A. and Ph.D., University of Michigan.
D avid G. Sm ith , Associate Professor of Political Science....................... 519 W alnut Lane
B.A..and M.A., University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
W illis J. Stetson , Associate Professor of Physical Education for Men and Director of
A thletics..................................................... 144 North Highland Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
P eter G ram Sw ing , Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Chorus,
614 Hillborn Avenue
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
K e n n e t h N. W altz , Associate Professor of Political Science. .11 Benjamin West Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
W illis D. W eatherford , Associate Professor of Economics.................. 319 Cedar Lane
B.A., Vanderbilt University; B.D., Yale University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
tM . J oseph W illis , Associate Professor of Civil Engineering,
Copples and Calendar Lanes, Wallingford, Pa.
B.C.E., University of Washington; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University.
A
s s is t a n t
P ro fesso rs
E lisa A sensio , Assistant Professor of Spanish.......... 500 Oakley Road, Haverford, Pa.
M.A., Middlebury College.
G eorge C. Avery, Assistant Professor of German......................................... 6 Crum Ledge
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
R obert C. Bannister , Assistant Professor of H isto ry...................301 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
$ Absent on leave, 1962-63.
16
♦David L. Bowler , Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering.................. 3 Crum Ledge
B.S. in E.E., Bucknell University; M.S. in E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Tech
nology; M.A., Princeton University.
Stephen J. Brow n , Assistant Professor of E nglish...........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Yale University; B.A., Cambridge University.
Gomer H. D avies, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Men,
303 E. Ridley Ave., Ridley Park, Pa.
B.S., East Stroudsburg State Teachers College; Ed.M., Temple University.
William C. D enison , Assistant Professor of B otany.................317 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Oberlin College; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Robert N. Euwema , Assistant Professor of Physics...........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Mark A. H bald, Assistant Professor of P hysics...............................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Eleanor K. H ess, Assistant Professor of Physical Education for 'Women,
321 Davis Road, Havertown, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
Olga Lang, Assistant Professor of R ussian..............................
Swarthmore College
Graduate, University of Moscow, Ph.D., Columbia University.
Clark P. M angelsdorf, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering . . 339 Riverview Road
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Gene D onald O verstreet, Assistant Professor of Political Science,
Benjamin West House
B.A., Reed College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Dean P eabody, Assistant Professor of Psychology....................................... 2 Crum Ledge
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Jean Ashmead P erkins, Assistant Professor of F rench...................... 414 Drew Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University.
Robert A. P icken , Assistant Professor of F rench...........................915 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Dartmouth College; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
Kenneth S. Rawson , Assistant Professor of Z oo lo g y.........................8B Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S., Cornell University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
Archie M. Richardson, J r ., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering,
733 Harvard Ave.
B.A., Allegheny College; B.S. and M.S. in C.E., University of Pittsburgh.
R. Arnold Ricks, Assistant Professor of H isto ry............................. 835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., Harvard University.
Alburt M. Rosenberg, Assistant Professor of Natural Science............ 515 Elm Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; M.S., University of Florida; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania.
Jerome A. Shaffer , Assistant Professor of Philosophy.................. Swarthmore College
B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., Princeton University.
William J. Sheppard , Assistant Professor of Chem istry................ Swarthmore College
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
(Claudio Spies , Assistant Professor of Music and Director of the Orchestra,
645 North Chester Road
B.A. and M.A., Harvard University.
Peter T. T hom pson , Assistant Professor of Chem istry.......... 317 North Chester Road
B.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Percy Linwood U rban , J r ., Assistant Professor of Religion,
20 South Princeton Avenue
B.A., Princeton University; S.T.B., S.T.M. and Th.D., General Theological Seminary.*
Harrison M orris W right , Assistant Professor of H istory...........................5 Crum Ledge
B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
I n str u c to r s
Thomas H. Blackburn , Instructor in E nglish...................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Amherst College; B.A. and M.A., Oxford University.
Thompson Bradley, Instructor in R ussian.........................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Yale University; M.A., Columbia University.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
XAbsent on leave, 1962-63.
17
A n n ie -Claude D urkbach D obbs, Instructor in french,
Bishop Hollow, Gradyville Roads, Newtown Square, Pa.
L. ès L., University of Paris; B.A., Sarah Lawrence College; M.A., Bryn Mawr
College.
J arl Avaed E lmgren , Instructor in P hysics..............................••••..........8 Crum Ledge
B.S., University of New Hampshire; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
J o h n K. H awley , Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.................. 915 Harvard Avenue
B.S., Swarthmore College; M.S., Columbia University.
Stevens H eckscher, Instructor in Mathematics............ Pritchard Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
J aegwon K im , Instructor in Philosophy...................................................519 Walnut Lane
B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
J ean H erskovits K opytoff , Instructor in H isto ry ......................... 112 Rutgers Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; D. Phil., Oxford University.
Robert E. Leyon , Instructor in Chem istry....................................... 1010 Girard Avenue
B.A., Williams College; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Cyril B. Roseman , Instructor in Political Science . 3712 Hamilton St., Philadelphia 4, Pa.
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Princeton University.
J osé Serebrier, Instructor in Music and Director of the Orchestra . .Swarthmore College
B. Mus., Curtis Institute of Music; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Charles J. Siegman , Instructor in Economics
101 Conshohocken State Road, Bala-Cynwyd, Pa.
B.A., City College of New York.
Lawrence Sklar, Instructor in Philosophy....................................... 835 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., Princeton University.
A ilyn T erada, Instructor in Physical Education for W o m e n .............. Swarthmore College
B.S., Russell Sage College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
J o h n W . W illiams , Instructor in Pine A r t s ...............................317 North Chester Road
B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of Michigan.
D orothy W. W olfe , Instructor in Mathematics................ 663 Cypress St., Yeadon, Pa.
B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Wayne University.
E lise S. Bartholomew , Lecturer in Psychology . .7819 Roanoke St., Philadelphia 18, Pa.
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D., Radcliffe College.
L ecturers
and
A
s s is t a n t s
Carl R. Berry, Assistant in M u sic...........................2209 Walnut St., Philadelphia 3, Pa.
B.Mus. and M.Mus., Philadelphia Conservatory of Music; M.A., University of Penn
sylvania.
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Psychology and Education...................... 316 Ogden Avenue
B.S. and M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
D onald R. Brow n , Lecturer in Psychology . . . . 233 North Roberts Road, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
B.A., Harvard University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
F. H ilary Conroy , Lecturer in H istory..................................... 71 Letitia Lane, Media, Pa.
B.S., Northwestern University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California.
Brooke P. Cottman , Assistant in Physical Education for Men, 19 Benjamin West Avenue
B.A., Duke University.
M alcolm L. D iamond , Lecturer in R eligion.............. 393 Walnut Lane, Princeton, N. J.
B.E., Yale University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Barbara E lmore , Director of Arts and C rafts.........................................525 W alnut Lane
G loria Carey Evans, Consultant in Reading and Language,
205 Linden Lane, Wallingford, Pa.
B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., University of Washington;
Ph.D., Stanford University.
Robert V. F orwood, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
911 13th St., Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Temple University.
Ranald V. G iles, Lecturer in Civil Engineering . . . . 920 Concord Ave., Drexel Hill, Pa.
B.S., Wesleyan University; B.S. in C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.
in C.E., Drexel Institute of Technology.
H elen H all , Consultant in Reading and Language...................... 407 Hillborn Avenue
B.A., Wellesley College; M. A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl
vania.
18
David H erlihy , Lecturer in H isto ry.......................... 118 Petrie Avenue, Rosemont, Pa.
B.A., University of San Francisco; M.A., Catholic University of America; Ph.D.,
Yale University.
Virginia B. J ameson , Lecturer in Classics.................. 28 Garrett Avenue, Rosemont, Pa.
B.A., Rosary College; M.A., University of Chicago.
Alvin H. J ohnson , Lecturer in M u sic ........................................... 340 Dickinson Avenue
B.A., University of Minnesota; PhJD., Yale University
Eileen B. K arsh, Research Associate in Psychology,
1934 Waverley Street, Philadelphia 48, Pa.
B.A., Barnard College; M.S. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Dorothy K oonce , Lecturer in Classics............................................. Swarthmore College
B.A., Cornell University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Sarah Lee Lippincott , Lecturer and Research Associate in Astronomy .510 Elm Avenue
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Swarthmore College.
James W . Lukens , J r ., Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
1050 Baltimore Pike, Springfield, Pa.
B.S.E.E., University of Louisville; LL.B., Washington and Lee University.
James J. M cA doo, Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
513 East Bringhurst St., Germantown, Pa.
Philip R. M arshall, Lecturer in H isto ry........ 3921 Walnut Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa.
B.A., Yale University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
James H. M iller , Assistant in Physical Education for Men,
834 Seventh Ave., Prospect Park, Pa.
B.S. and M.S., University of Pennsylvania.
Albert R. Schmitt , Lecturer in G erm an...................... 856 Agnes Avenue, Morton, Pa.
B.A., Colby College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Robert M. Smart, College Organist....................................................... 18 Oberlin Avenue
B.A., Curtis Institute of Music; M.A., Westminster Choir College.
Franklin C. Southw orth , Lecturer in Linguistics...................... 325 Michigan Avenue
B.A., Harvard University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University.
Fredda Steinm an , Assistant in Psychology.......... 307A South Lemon Street, Media, Pa.
B.A., New School for Social Research.
Carol T hom pson , Director of Dramatics.............................................Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.F.A., Yale University.
Arthur R. U pgren , J r ., Research Associate in Astronom y................ Swarthmore College
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Case In
stitute of Technology.
19
D ivisions
and
D epartments
L Division of the Humanities— Samuel L. H ynes , Chairman
Classics, H elen F. N orth , Chairman.
English Literature, G eorge J. Becker, Chairman.
Fine Arts, Robert M. W alker , Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Modern Languages, H arold M. M arch , Chairman.
Music, P eter G ram Swing , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H enry G leitman , Acting Chairman.
II.
Division of the Social Sciences—J oseph W. C onard, Chairman
Economics, C lair W ilcox, Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland P ennock , Chairman.
(K en neth N. W altz , Acting Chairman, fall semester, 1962-63.)
Psychology and Education, H enry G leitman , Acting Chairman.
III.
Division of the Natural Sciences—N orman A. M einkoth , Chairman
Astronomy, P eter
van de
K am p , Chairman.
Biology, Robert K. Enders, Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. J enkins , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H enry G leitman , Acting Chairman.
IV.
Division of Engineering—Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman
Civil Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. J enkins , Chairman.
Mechanical Engineering, Bernard M orrill, Chairman.
Chemistry, W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkm ann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. E lmore , Chairman.
20
Standing Committees
of the
Faculty
Moore, Chairman.
Barr, Carpenter, Cobbs, Keighton, Lange, Ostwald, Perkins, D. Smith.
academic requirements :
AND scholarships : Hoy, Chairman.
Barr, Blackburn, S. Brown, Cobbs, Heald, Lange, MacLaren, McCrumm, Moore,
Perkins, Stott, P. Thompson, Waltz, H. Wright.
admissions
Stetson, Chairman.
Barr, Beik, Cratsley, Davies, Flemister, Haight, C. Mangelsdorf, Rath, Shane.
athletics:
Klees, Chairman.
Faulkner, MacLaren, Richardson, Ricks, Rosenberg, Shively, Van de Kamp.
awards and prizes :
Shane, Chairman.
S. Brown, Gillespie, Lange, Rosenberg, Swing, Van de Kamp, Waltz.
collection:
Cowden, Chairman.
Haight, Heckscher, Shane, Swing, Urban, Wilcox.
cooper foundation :
Beardsley, Chairman.
Beik, Cobbs, Denison, Gilbert, Gleitman, Hoffman, McCrumm, Moore.
curriculum:
distinction in th e course program :
Moore, Chairman.
Jenkins, Klees, Livingston, Wilcox.
Cratsley, Chairman.
Barus, Cohn, Cook, Jenkins, Keighton, P. Mangelsdorf, Rosen, Shero.
faculty and staff benefits :
Mautner, Chairman.
Albertson, Elmore, Jenkins, North, Overstreet, Picken, Van de Kamp.
swarthmore fellow ships :
McCrumm, Chairman.
Elverson, Flemister, Gillespie (Secretary), MacLaren, D. Smith, Sorber, Urban.
fellowships from other institutions :
Courtney Smith, Chairman.
Brandt, Carpenter, Cobbs, Conard, Hynes, Meinkoth, Moore, Rhys.
instruction:
Becker, Chairman.
Asch, Barus, Connor, Rawson, Shaffer, Tolies, Weatherford.
library:
Gleitman, Chairman.
Albertson, Avery, Enders, Garrett, Lippincott.
master of arts:
Rawson, Chairman.
Bowie, Denison, Euwema, Peabody, Sheppard, Stott, Williams.
pre-medical program :
Wilcox, Chairman.
Albertson, Cratsley, Gilbert, Peabody, Pierson.
public affairs research :
Fehnel, Chairman.
Avery, Carruth, Cratsley, Ostwald, Pierson, Weber, E. Wright.
research:
Moore, Chairman.
Beik, Grover, C. Mangelsdorf, Moll, Sheppard, Sorber.
schedule of classes:
Barr, Chairman.
Cobbs, Lange, Rosen, Shaffer, P. Thompson.
student affairs :
Prager, Chairman.
Fehnel, Heald, Lang, Overstreet, Walker.
travel allowance :
Cook, Chairman.
Davisson, Hess, Horn, Lange, Livingston, Shane, Stanton, Stetson.
usb of college faciuties by outside organizations :
secretary to th e faculty :
Jenkins.
21
Administrative Officers and Assistants
P r e s i d e n t ’s O
f f ic e
President, Courtney Sm ith , B.A., M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University; LL.D., L.H.D.,
and Litt.D.
Administrative Assistant to the President, G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M.A., University
of Cincinnati; BA. and M.A., Oxford University; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton Uni
versity.
Secretary, M artha H. D ecrouez , B.S., University of Minnesota.
V
ic e -P r e s id e n t s ’
O
f f ic e
Vice-President—(Finance) and Controller, Edward K. Cratsley.
B.A., College of Wooster; M.B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Vice-President—Public Relations and Alumni Affairs, J oseph B. Sh a n e .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, P auline M. Carroll, M ildred A. Scott .
Dean:
D
eans’
O
f f ic e s
Susan P. C obbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman’s College; M.A., New York Uni-
versity; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Associate Dean and Registrar:
J o h n M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Dean of Men:
Robert A. Barr, J r ., B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Dean of Women:
Barbara P earson Lange .
Dean of Admissions:
J o h n C. H oy, B.A. and M.A., Wesleyan University.
Associate Dean of Admissions:
M argaret L. M acLaren , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Administrative Assistants:
M argaret Campbell , BA., Smith College.
M argaret W . M oore , BA., Park College; M A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Consultants in Reading and Language:
G loria Carey Evans, B.A., Western Washington College of Education; M.S., Uni
versity of Washington; Ph.D., Stanford University.
H elen H all , B.A., Wellesley College; M A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Uni
versity of Pennsylvania.
Head Residents in Dormitories:
D eborah M acAdam F orrester, Woolman House; B.A., Swarthmore College, M.A.,
University of California.
Eva Sheppard , Robinson House; B.A., Cornell University, M.A., Radcliffe College.
C ornelia T uckerman Stadler, Worth Hall.
V irginia von Frankenberg , Parrish Hall; B.A., University of Nebraska.
M ayme R. W illiams , Willets Hall.
Secretaries to the Deans:
Emily B onsall .
W inifred J. H all .
M ildred Irw in .
M yrtle R. K eeny , B.A., Dickinson College.
Frances W ills Slaugh , B.A., Swarthmore College.
22
Registrar’s O ffice
Registrar, J o h n M. M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M arjorie L. W ebb, B.A., University of Delaware.
Rosamond W. G arrett, B.A., Wilson College.
Library Sta ff
College Library
Acting Librarian: M artha A. Connor .
Technical Services Librarian: M artha A. Connor , B.S., M.A., University of Penn
sylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: Elizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Uni
versity of Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
M ildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
E lizabeth S. Sharpless, B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel In
stitute.
Order: M ary C. K erbaugh, B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute of Technology.
Assistants: G ail C. T icknor , B.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music;
D oris P itm an M oist; C onchita H ogan.
Readers Services Librarian: H oward H . W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College; M-A.,
and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: D oris Beik , B.A., and B.S. in L.S., New York State College for
Teachers.
J ean M. G iles , B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S. in L.S., New York State College
for Teachers.
Periodicals: M ary G. T ait , B.A., Wells College; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute
Assistants: J osephine Sm ith , B.A., Swarthmore College; An n e P erkins ,
University of Delaware; Cornelia T. Stadler, V irginia von F ranken berg, B.A., University of Nebraska; Lois P eterson , B.A., Oberlin College.
Science Librarian: J o h n G. D aley , B.S., University of Detroit; B. Mus., M.A. in
L.S., University of Michigan.
friends Historical Library
Director: Frederick B. ToLLES.t BA.., M.A., and Ph.D., Harvard University;
D.Litt., Haverford College.
Acting Director: D orothy G. H arris, B.A., Wellesley College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Secretarial Assistant: E lizabeth S. M acpherson , B.A., Ursinus College.
Assistants: M artha K. Fritts, B.A., Swarthmore College; E leanor B. M ayer, B.A.,
Ohio Wesleyan University; J uliet M. P yle .
Swarthmore College Peace Collection:
Curator: M arjorie V. Edwards, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Assistant: C laire B. Shetter .
Honorary Curators of the Friends Historical Library
Anna P ettit Br o o m e l l ........................................................
Henry J. Ca d b u r y ..................................................................
Anna Griscom E l k in t o n ......................................................
LaVerne F o r b u s h ....................................................................
Lucrbua F r a n k l in ..................................................................
Jambs R. Frorer .......................................................................
William H u b b e n .....................................................................
Caroline Biddle M alin ........................................................
Gerald M cD o n a l d ..................................................................
Richmond P. M i l l e r ..............................................................
Hadassah M. L. P a r r o t ..........................................................
t Absent on leave, 1962-63.
23
.Philadelphia, Pa.
. . . Haverford, Pa.
,. Swarthmore, Pa.
.. .Baltimore, Md.
........ McNabb, 111.
Wilmington, Del.
.Philadelphia, Pa.
.Istanbul, Turkey
New York, N. Y.
.Philadelphia, Pa.
.Philadelphia, Pa.
Advisory Council of the Swarthmore College Peace Collection
Courtney Smith, Chairman; Irwin Abrams, Anna Cox Brinton, Merle Curti, Alfred
Hassler, Emily Cooper Johnson, Ray Newton, Ernst Posner, Joseph B. Shane, Frederick B.
Tolies, E. Raymond Wilson, Norman Whitney.
B u s in e s s O
f f ic e
Associate Controller, Operational Planning, Andrew Simpson , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.S., Cornell University.
Assistant Controller, Accounting and Finance, G. Caroline Shero , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Assistants, A n n a J effries , Ruth Stretch , M ary E. Surrick, M argaret A. T hompson,
E llen R. A ugsberger.
Assistant Controller, Purchasing and Personnel, L ewis T. Cook , J r ., B.A., St. Lawrence
University; M.S., Pennsylvania State College.
Secretary, Ru t h B. W alker .
Manager of Bookstore, N ormund L. Bandrevics, B.B.A., University of Latvia; Assistant,
H enrietta Bruce , B.A. and M.A., University of Oregon.
Stenographic Staff, M arian M. Ransburg, M arguerite C lifford , O lga A. H ummer,
Sally Chambers.
Switchboard Operators, J udy G race F eiy, A yme G osman , D orothy H . O lson .
Postmistress, V era B. M orrison.
H
ouse
D
ir e c t o r ' s
O
f f ic e
House Director, K athryn A. D avisson.
Assistants to the House Director, E lizabeth Barrett, J osephine Boston , R uth H ouck,
M ayme R. W illiams .
S u p e r i n t e n d e n t ’s O
f f ic e
Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, W illiam M. Stanton , J r ., B.A., University
of Wisconsin.
Director of Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, J o h n C. W ister, B.A., Harvard
University; D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Consulting Horticulturist, H arry W ood.
Assistants to the Superintendent, Franklin H. Briggs, B.A., Earlham College; Richard
son
Fields, C lifford R enshaw , J r ., D avid M elrose .
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh.
D
i e t i t i a n ’s
O
f f ic e
Dietitian, R uth S. H orn .
Associate Dietitian, Billie J. B urnett .
A
F
lum ni and
und
O
f f ic e s
Director, K athryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, M ary P. Lichtenberg , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretaries, Barbara A: T hom pson , Erma T ippett .
N
ew s
O
f f ic e —
V
o c a t io n a l
G
u id a n c e
and
P
lacem ent
Director, M aralyn O rbison G illespie , B.A., Swarthmore College.
Secretary, M ildred Strain .
H
ealth
S e r v ic e
Physician, M orris A. Bowie , B.A., University of Colorado; M.D., Harvard University.
Associate College Physicians:
K en t F. Balls, B.A., Haverford College; M.D., Cornell University.
H arold C. Roxby, B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.D., Temple University.
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A. and M.A., Columbia University; M.D., Harvard University.
J. W . Lyons , B.A., University of Scranton; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
N orma S. W ohl , B.A., Bryn Mawr College; M.D., Hahnemann Medical College.
Nurses:
M ary M cCullough , R.N., E. E lizabeth M c G eary, R.N., H elen R. M artin , R.N.,
E lse Shaw , Ida M oore T homas , R.N.
24
Introduction to Swarthmore C ollege
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by members of the Religious Society
of Friends, is a co-educational college occupying a campus of about 300 acres
of rolling wooded land in and adjacent to the borough of Swarthmore in Dela
ware County, Pennsylvania. Swarthmore is a small residential suburb within
half an hour’s commuting distance of Philadelphia. Because of its location,
Swarthmore College students are able to combine the advantages of a semi-rural
setting with the opportunities offered by Philadelphia. Especially valuable is
the cooperation made possible with three other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr
and Haverford Colleges and the University of Pennsylvania.
O
b je c t iv e s
and
P urposes
In accordance with the traditions of its Quaker background, Swarthmore stu
dents are expected to prepare themselves for full, balanced lives as individuals
and as responsible citizens through exacting intellectual study supplemented
by a varied program of sports and other extra-curricular activities.
The purpose of Swarthmore College is to make its students more valuable
human beings and more useful members of society. It shares this purpose with
other educational institutions, for American education is a direct outgrowth
of our democratic principles. While a common purpose underlies all American
education, each school and college and university seeks to realize that purpose
in its own way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only by such
selection can it contribute to the diversity and richness of educational opportu
nity which is part of the American heritage and the American strength.
A
c a d e m ic
Com
petence
Democracy demands a broad base of intelligent understanding of issues. It
also necessitates a high order of excellence in those who are destined to be
come its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the maintenance of
high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and performance for this
essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to do a particular job well that
gives the College its value in die educational pattern of American democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, for no two students are exacdy
alike. Some need detailed help, while others profit from considerable freedom.
The program of Honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered, is designed to
give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature of the College’s
educational program. For many students, it provides an enriching and exciting
intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom from ordinary
classroom routine and close association with faculty members in small seminars,
concentrated work in broad fields of study, and maximum latitude for the de
velopment of individual responsibility. The Honors program and the Course
program are alternative systems of instruction for students during their last two
26
years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and development from
each student, the choice of method being determined by individual need and
capacity.
T
he
R e l ig io u s T
r a d it io n
Swarthmore College was founded by members of the Religious Society of
Friends, and it seeks to illuminate the life of its students with the spiritual
principles of that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since
the beginning of the present century, and although the children of Friends com
pose a minority of the student body, the College seeks to preserve the religious
traditions out of which it sprang.
The essence of Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility for seeking truth
and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. As a way of life,
it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal integ
rity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement of disputes. The College does
not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view of life, or any other spe
cific set of convictions about the nature of things and the duty of man. It does,
however, have the two-fold aim of encouraging conscious concern about such
questions and unceasing re-examination of any view which may be held regard
ing them. That is the kind of ethical and religious character which Swarth
more seeks to develop.
T
he
Co m
m u n it y
L if e
Swarthmore is a small college by deliberate policy. Its present enrollment
is about 950 students, of whom 450 are women and 500 are men. It is
semi-rural in location, residential and co-educational in character. These
features create an ideal environment for personal growth. Co-education pro
vides the most natural environment for both men and women, who in their
common work and play come to value each other for their true worth. Almost
ail of the students live in the college dormitories and eat together in the din
ing room. A large number of faculty houses are within campus boundaries,
making it possible for students to have valuable social contacts with their pro
fessors outside the classroom. The residential character is the basis for a com
munity life in which the ideals of the College influence every member.
Growth in emotional maturity, necessary both for personal satisfaction and
for effective action, is an integral part of the total educational program. For
this reason, the College encourages a wide variety of extra-curricular activities.
Participation in sports has many values, social as well as individual. Member
ship in student organizations is important. In practising parliamentary pro
cedure and in facing the victories and defeats of elective office, students learn
to live together, ironing out the clash of personalities and the friction of dif
ferent views. They learn the effectiveness of enthusiasm and the frustration
of indifference. They learn to soften their uncritical intolerance as they struggle
to arrive at reasonable solutions to their problems. They learn the meaning of
responsibility as they become responsible for their activities.
27
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing to
meet new demands and new conditions. The founders of Swarthmore would
find in it today many features which they never contemplated when they shaped
the College in the middle of the nineteenth century. Swarthmore, if it is to
remain effective, must be forever changing. The goal is to achieve for each
generation, by means appropriate to the times, that unique contribution and
that standard of excellence which have been the guiding ideals of Swarthmore
from its founding.
28
Admission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the
Office of Admissions, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pennsylvania.
G
eneral
St a t e m
ent
In the selection of students the college seeks those qualities of character, sodal responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned to
develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the whole
personality of candidates for admission.
In the competition for admission preference is given to the children of Friends
and alumni who can meet the requirements. It is also the policy of the college
to have the student body represent not only different parts of the United States
but many foreign countries, both public and private secondary schools, and
various economic, social, religious, and racial groups.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple formula will be effective. The
task is to choose those who give promise of distinction in the quality of their
personal lives, in service to the community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis of their indi
vidual future worth to society and of their collective realization of the purpose
of the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory com
pletion of a four-year program preparatory to advanced liberal study. Appli
cants are selected on the following evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school principal or headmaster and from two
additional persons.
3. Rating in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests of
the College Entrance Examination Board.
4. Personal interview with one of the Deans or an appointed representative.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and
achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should
also give evidence of sturdiness of character, promise of growth, initiative, seri
ousness of purpose, and a sense of social responsibility. As future members of
the college community, they should represent varied interests and backgrounds.
P r e p a r a t io n
The College does not require a set plan of secondary school courses as prep
aration for its program. The election of specific subjects is left to the student
and his school advisers. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The following skills are essential to success in college work and
29
should be brought to a high level by study and practice throughout the
preparatory period:
a. The use of the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in read
ing, writing, and speaking.
b. The use of the principles of arithmetic, algebra, and plane geometry.
c. The use of one, or two, foreign languages to the point of reading prose
of average difficulty.
2. Subjects: All, or almost all, of the preparatory course should be com
posed of the subjects listed in the following four groups. Variations of
choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be taken
in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and ancient his
tory; political, social, and economic problems of modern society.
Literature and Art: American, English, and foreign literature; music; art.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology, astronomy;
algebra, geometry, trigonometry. Those planning to major in engineer
ing should present work in chemistry, physics, and four years of mathe
matics including algebra, geometry and trigonometry.
Languages: English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, other Euro
pean or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major in sci
ence are strongly advised to include German and, if possible, French in
their school programs.
A
p p l ic a t io n s a n d
E x a m in a t io n s
Applications must be filed by January 15th of the year in which the candidate
wishes to be admitted. Swarthmore does not have an "early decision program.”
An application fee of $10.00, which is not refundable, is required of all
candidates.
All applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude Test
and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board.
The Scholastic Aptitude Test should be taken in December or January of the
senior year.
Achievement Tests must be taken not later than January of the senior year.
English Composition is required and the other two Achievement Tests are chosen
by the candidate from two different fields. Applicants for Engineering must
take the test in Advanced Mathematics. The Writing Sample will not be accepted
as one of the three examinations.
Candidates who take Achievement Tests in May of the junior year in subjects
completed by that time may submit the results to the Admission Office, but
English Composition and at least one other Achievement Test must be taken in
December or January of the senior year.
In 1962-63 these tests will be given in various centers throughout this country
and abroad on December 1, January 12, March 2, May 18, and August 12.
30
Application to take these tests should be made directly to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. A bulletin of informa
tion may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students who wish to
be examined in any of the following western states, territories, and Pacific areas—
Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,
Utah, Washington, Wyoming, Alaska, Hawaii, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani
toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including Formosa
and Japan—should address their inquiries and send their applications to the Col
lege Entrance Examination Board, Box 27896, Los Angeles 27, California.
Application should be made to the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required of candidates for scholarships. Information
concerning financial aid will be found on pages 32-40.
Applicants should take the initiative in arranging to have an interview with
a representative of the College. Those who can do so are urged to make an
appointment to visit the College for this purpose.* If this is not possible, ap
plicants should request a meeting with a college representative in their own
area. Interviews should be completed before March 1 of the senior year. Ap
pointments at the College can be made by calling or writing the Office of Ad
missions.
Notices of the action of the Admissions Committees will be mailed about
April 15.
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or placement in particular courses
if they have taken college level courses in approved schools and the Advanced
Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board. Decisions are
made by the departments concerned.
A pplications for T ransfer
For favorable consideration, applicants for transfer must have had a good
scholastic record in the institution attended and must present full credentials
for both college and preparatory work, including a statement of honorable dis
missal. They must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the College En
trance Examination Board if this test has not been taken previously.
As a general practice, transfer students are not admitted to advanced standing
later than the beginning of the sophomore year. Four semesters of study at
Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement for a degree, two of
which must be those of the senior year. Applicants for transfer must be filed
by March 15 of the year in which entrance is desired. Decisions on these applica
tions are announced early in June. Students admitted by transfer are not eligible
for financial assistance during their first year at Swarthmore.
* To reach the college from the New Jersey Turnpike, motorists should leave by Exit 3, cross the
wait Whitman Bridge, take Pa. Route 291 past the airport to Route 420, turn right on 420 to Baltimore
Pike, turn left and proceed to the intersection with Route 320. Turn left and follow the signs of the
college. From the Pennsylvania Turnpike, take the Valley Forge exit and follow Routes 43, 23 and 320
to the campus.
31
Expenses
Charges for the academic year 1962-63 (two semesters):
Board, room and tu itio n .............................................
General fee ................. ...........................• • ••
. $2,250*
150
$2,400
Total charges
While a general charge for board, room and tuition is made, this may be di
vided into $1,400 for tuition and $850 for board and room. The general fee
of $150 per year covers the costs of student health, library and laboratory fees,
athletic fees, arts and crafts, and the support of several other extra-curricular
activities.
One half of the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the be
ginning of the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening of the current
term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order of Swarthmore
College . A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor
on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence about financial matters
should be addressed to Miss G. Caroline Shero, Assistant Controller.
Students who wish to charge Book Store purchases, laboratory breakage fees,
etc., may do so by maintaining a student deposit account at the Business Office
against which charge checks may be drawn. Cash withdrawals may also be
made. Students will be notified when overdrafts occur and no cash withdrawals
may be made unless a cash balance is maintained. A minimum deposit of $50.00
in September is suggested and all students are urged to maintain such an account
for their convenience.
No reduction or refunding of tuition can be made on account of absence, ill
ness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. No reduction or refund
will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned for a given term, nor is
the general fee refundable. In case of absence or withdrawal from the college
and provided due notice has been given in advance to the Business Office, there
will be a refund of two-thirds of the board charge for any time in excess of
two weeks. Exceptions will be made for students who are required by the draft
to leave during the course of the academic year. In these cases tuition, general
fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata basis.
T uitio n P aym ent P lans
Many of the parents of students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and residence charges on a monthly basis. It is possible to arrange this under certain
alternative plans. The cost is two to six per cent greater than when payments
are made in cash in advance. Details of the plans will be furnished by the
College prior to issuance of the first semester’s bill in September.
ror u i e c u u u i i g y c a i . -ex simuar
ox •#>*>>
credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
32
T he College Library
Interior, duPont Science Library
A ccident and Sickness I nsurance
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness insur
ance to students through John C. Paige & Company of Boston, Massachusetts.
Accident coverage alone costs $5.00 per year (12 months) for women, and
$10.00 for men. The combined accident and sickness policy is available at an
annual cost of $18.00 for women and $22.00 for men. At least accident cover
age is required of all students who participate in intercollegiate athletic activities
and the combined accident and sickness policy is particularly recommended.
Application forms are mailed to all students during the summer.
Scholarships and Student Aid
The college awards scholarships to a substantial number of students each year.
These awards are normally made to entering freshman students and are renew
able for four years. About sixty-five freshman scholarships are awarded each
year, carrying stipends varying from $100 to $2,100 annually. Twenty-six per
cent of the total student body are currently receiving scholarship aid, with sti
pends averaging about $1,000 annually.
All awards are based upon school or college record, and upon financial need
as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee through
the agency of the College Scholarship Service. In computing stipends, the com
mittee takes into account normal family contribution, the student’s savings and
summer earnings, budgeting against a normal total expense of $2,850 for the
college year ($2,400 for inclusive college fees, $450 for travel and incidental
expenses). The College reserves the right to adjust college stipends in the
event the student receives scholarship assistance from other sources. First year
transfer students are not eligible for scholarship aid.
Candidates wishing to apply for scholarships should make the usual applica
tion for admission. All applicants for admission are given the opportunity to
apply for scholarship aid. The candidate’s status with respect to need for scholar
ship is not considered to be a relevant factor in the matter of reaching decisions
concerning admission to the college.
For the academic year 1962-63 the college has granted approximately
$250,000 in scholarships. About one-half of that sum was provided by special
gifts and the endowed scholarships listed below. Applicants are not required to
apply for specific scholarships but will be considered for all scholarship oppor
tunities either from endowed scholarships or from general college scholarship
funds.
Scholarships for M en
O pen Scholarships for M e n . Swarthmore College awards each year ap
proximately five four-year Open Scholarships to men entering the freshman
class. These scholarships, based on the general plan of the Rhodes Scholar
ships, are given to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award,
rank highest in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the
annual award varies from $100 to $2,100 according to the financial need of
the winner.
33
The T homas B. M cCabe A chievem ent A wards, established by Thomas B.
McCabe ’15, are awarded to freshman men from the Delmarva Peninsula and
Northern New England (Maine, New Hampshire, or Vermont) who give prom
ise of leadership. In making selections, the Committee will place emphasis on
ability, character, personality, and service to school and community. Two awards,
providing a minimum annual grant of $1,300 or up to $2,100 depending on
need, will be made to residents of Delaware or the Eastern Shore counties of
Maryland or Virginia. One award, providing an annual grant of up to $2,100
depending on need, will be made to a resident of Maine, New Hampshire, or
Vermont.
The P h ilip T. Sharples Scholarship , a four-year scholarship open to entering freshmen, is designed to honor and encourage young men in engineering
or physical science. The committee, in making its selections, will have regard
for candidates who rank highest in scholarship, character, personality, leadership,
and physical vigor. At least one scholarship will be given each year with a maxi
mum grant of $2,100.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship , endowed by Jacob T. Schless of the Class
of 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950. This
scholarship is in honor of a former distinguished Professor of Engineering
and, therefore, students who plan to major in engineering will be given prefer
ence. An award is made annually. The stipend provides a maximum of $1,500
a year for four years.
The N ew ton E. T arble A ward, established by Newton E. Tarble of the
Class of 1913, is granted annually to a freshman man who gives promise of
leadership, ranks high in scholarship, character and personality, and resides (but
not necessarily attends school) in Coles or Clark County in the State of Illinois
If there are no suitable applicants from Coles or Clark Counties, the committee
will consider other applicants from the State of Illinois residing in its capital
or south of it. The stipend is set at a minimum of $1,100 annually for four
years, and may exceed this amount, depending on the individual’s need.
The Aa r o n B. I vins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man of
the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia. This
scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and is subject
to the approval of Swarthmore College. The fund provides approximately
$1,100 annually.
The H oward Cooper J o h n so n Scholarship , established by Howard Cooper
Johnson ’96, provides a stipend of approximately $750 a year. It is awarded
on the basis of all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a member
of the Society of Friends.
The T. H. D udley P erkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to an entering freshman on the basis of qualities of manhood, force of char
acter and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor as shown by
participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways. It has a maximum value
of $800.
34
The C hristian R. and M ary F. L indback F oundation Scholarship pro
vides $1,500 for the year 1962-63, to be awarded to deserving students from the
States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware or Maryland.
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrill H onors Scholarship is a com
petitive Scholarship for Men, awarded to a candidate for admission to the col
lege, based upon the general plan of the Rhodes Scholarships. The annual
stipend is $375. Preference will be given to men who are residents of Abington Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside, Montgomery County, Pa.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship , founded by Sallie K. Johnson in
memory of her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded to a
man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since entering
College, the best record for scholarship, character, and influence. The value
of this scholarship is approximately $225 annually.
The D onald R enw ick F erguson Scholarship , established by Mrs. Amy
Baker Ferguson, in memory of her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson, M.D.,
of the Class of 1912, is awarded to a young man who is looking forward to
the study of medicine. The scholarship provides $600 annually.
The P eter M ertz Scholarship carries a stipend of approximately $500 a
year for four years and is awarded to an entering freshman outstanding in mental
and physical vigor, who shows promise of spending these talents for the good
of the college community and of the larger community outside. The award
was established in 1955 by Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory of
Peter Mertz, who was a member of the class of 1957.
The A n th o n y B eekm an P ool Scholarship . This scholarship, carrying a
stipend of $350 annually, is awarded to an incoming freshman man of promise
and intellectual curiosity. It is given in memory of Tony Pool of the Class of
1959.
Scholarships for W o m en
O pe n Scholarships for W o m e n . Mr. and Mrs. Daniel S. White, of the
Class of 1875, on the occasion of the Fiftieth Reunion of that class, established
three open competitive scholarships for women. These scholarships are given
to candidates who, in the opinion of the Committee of Award, rank highest
in scholarship, character and personality. The amount of the award varying from
$100 to $2,100 is based upon financial need.
The A lum nae Scholarship , established by the Philadelphia and New York
Alumnae Clubs, is awarded on the same basis as the Open Scholarships. It is
awarded for one year.
The A n n ie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young woman
of the graduating class of Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia.
This scholarship is awarded by the faculty of Friends Central School, and is sub
ject to the approval of Swarthmore College. The fund earns $1,200 annually.
35
The C lara B. M arshall Scholarship , established by the will of Dr. Clara
B. Marshall, is awarded to a woman at Swarthmore College with preference
given to descendants of her grandfathers, Abram Marshall or Mahlon Phillips.
The amount of the scholarship is approximately $800 per year.
The G eorge K. and Sallie K. J o h n so n F u n d provides $750 a year, to be
used in granting financial aid during the senior year for young women who are
fitted to become desirable teachers.
The M ary Coates P reston Scholarship F u n d . A sum of money has been
left by will of Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest of which provides about
$850. This amount is given as a scholarship to a young woman student in
Swarthmore College. Preference is given to a relative of the donor.
The H arriet W . P aiste F u nd provides a scholarship of approximately $600
a year for a young woman who is a member of the Society of Friends (Phila
delphia Yearly M eeting).
The M ary T. L ongstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C. Longstreth in memory of her mother and is to be awarded annually to assist a young
woman student to pursue her studies in the College. The value of this scholar
ship is approximately $375 annually.
The J essie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship F u n d , the gift of Michel
Kovalenko in memory of his wife, provides an annual income of $650. This
sum is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who is in her junior or
senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a graduate of the college,
preferably a woman, for graduate work in astronomy at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
The income of the K appa A lph a T heta Scholarship F u n d , given by mem
bers and friends of the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore, is awarded
annually to a woman student. The award amounts to approximately $275 an
nually.
The M ary W ood F u n d provides approximately $100 a year and may be
awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
Scholarships O p e n to M e n and W o m en
The F ra n k and M arie A ydelotte Scholarship is awarded biennially to
a new student who shows promise of distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personality. The maximum annual stipend
is set at $1,750, and is renewable for the full period of undergraduate study.
The award is made in honor of Frank Aydelotte, President of the College from
1921-1940, and originator of the Honors program at Swarthmore, and of Marie
Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
T h e Scott A ward at Swarthm ore . A scholarship established by the Scott
Paper Co. of Chester, Pa., in honor of its former president, Arthur Hoyt Scott
of the Class of 1895. Given for the first time in 1953, it is awarded annually
to an outstanding sophomore who plans to enter business after graduation and
36
who demonstrates the qualities of scholarship, character, personality, leadership,
and physical vigor. The award provides the recipient wife full tuition for
each of his last two years in college.
The M idwest Scholarships , carrying a maximum stipend of $2,000, are
awarded each year to one man and one woman applicant who reside in Illinois,
Indiana, Michigan or Wisconsin. Winners will be selected on the basis of their
potential contribution to the academic and extracurricular life of the College.
The K a th leen H . and M artin M. D ecker F oundation Scholarship is
awarded annually to young men and women preparing themselves in the field
of Engineering or the Biological, Chemical, or Physical Sciences. The Scholar
ship Committee in making its selections will have regard for candidates who
rank high in scholarship, leadership, and character. At least one scholarship
will be given each year with a maximum grant of $1,000.
The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship F u nd , established by Creth and
Sullivan, Inc. in memory of Marshall P. Sullivan of the Class of 1897, provides
$1,000 annually for one or more scholarships. Preference will be given to grad
uates of George School, but if no suitable candidate applies from this school,
graduates of other Friends schools or other persons will be eligible.
The I ndustrial Credit C om pany o f C hester Scholarship is a one year
scholarship awarded annually to an entering freshman (man or woman) who
rates high in character, personality and leadership, literary and scholastic abilities,
and physical vigor as shown by participation in sports or other extra-curricular
activities. It has a maximum value of $1,000.
The RCA Scholarship , provided by the Radio Corporation of America, is
awarded to a young man or woman who is making a creditable academic record
in the field of science or engineering at the undergraduate level. This scholar
ship provides $800 a year and the appointment is usually made for the junior
or senior year.
The E. H ibberd Lawrence Scholarship provides approximately $700 a
year for a scholarship to an incoming freshman man or woman who ranks high
in scholarship, character, and personality and who has need for financial assist
ance.
The Class o f 1915 Scholarship F und was established on the occasion of
the Twenty-fifth Reunion of the Class and provides an income of approximately
$900. This sum is to be awarded either to freshmen or other students, with
preference given to descendants of the members of the Class of 1915.
The Class o f 1930 Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man or
woman who is in need of financial assistance. Preference is given to incoming
freshmen but other students are eligible. The scholarship provides $500 an
nually.
The Class of 1931 Scholarship F und was established on the 25th reunion
of the class. It provides a scholarship up to a maximum of $1,000 to a man
37
or woman who has need for financial assistance and who ranks high in scholar
ship, character and personality. Preference is given to entering freshmen who
are children of members of the class of 1931.
The Edward S. B ower M emorial Scholarship , established by Mr. and
Mrs. W ard T. Bower in memory of their son, Class of ’42, is awarded annually
to a man or woman student who ranks high in scholarship, character, and per
sonality, and who has need for financial assistance. The fund provides $1,300
per year.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship , given by Daniel Underhill ’94, in
memory of his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member of the first Board of
Managers, provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of financial
aid.
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and E lizabeth T. W ilson Scholarship
provides $500 annually for a deserving student in need of financial aid.
The Rachel W. H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne Hillborn
Philips of the Class of 1892 in memory of her mother, with the stipulation
that the income shall go to a student in the junior or senior class who is study
ing for service in the international field. Preference will be given to a Friend
or to one who intends to contribute to world understanding through diplomatic
service, participation in some international government agency, the American
Friends Service Committee, or similar activities. The annual income amounts to
approximately $750.
The J o n a th a n K. T aylor Scholarship , in accordance with the donor’s
will, is awarded by the Board of Trustees of the Baltimore Monthly Meeting
of Friends. This scholarship is first open to descendants of the late Jonathan
K. Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to members of the Baltimore
Yearly Meetings of Friends, it is not to be confined to them when suitable per
sons in membership cannot be found. The fund provides approximately $675
annually.
The P hebe A n n a - T ho rn e F u nd provides an income of approximately
$3,800 for scholarships for students needing pecuniary assistance whose previous
work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This gift includes a
clause of preference to those students who are members of the New York Month
ly Meeting of Friends.
The W estbury Q uarterly M eeting , N. Y., Scholarship , is awarded an
nually by a committee of that Quarterly Meeting. The fund provides $325 an
nually.
The Sarah A ntrim Cole Scholarship was founded by her parents in mem
ory of Sarah Antrim Cole of the Class of 1934. It is awarded to a graduate of
the Worthington High School, Worthington, Ohio, or of the North High
School, Columbus, Ohio. The scholarship provides a maximum grant of $500
a year.
38
The Lafore Scholarship is awarded in memory of John A. Lafore of the
Class of 1895. The college in granting this scholarship will give preference to
qualified candidates who show need of financial assistance and who are descend
ants of Amand and Margaret White Lafore. The value of the scholarship is
approximately $500 a year.
The J ames E. M iller Scholarship . Under the will of Arabella M. Miller
approximately $200 is available annually for students from Delaware County
(with preference for residents of Nether Providence Township).
The Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship . A scholarship has been
established at Swarthmore by friends of Edward Clarkson Wilson, ’91, formerly
Principal of the Baltimore Friends School. It will be awarded each year to a
former student of the Baltimore Friends School, who has been approved by
the faculty of the school, on the basis of high character and high standing in
scholarship.
The C hi O mega Scholarship provides an award of approximately $325
annually to a member of the freshman class who is in definite need of financial
aid. Preference is given to daughters or sons of members of the fraternity.
The D elta G amma Scholarship provides an annual income of approxi
mately $165. This sum is to be awarded to a blind student at Swarthmore Col
lege in need of financial assistance. In any year in which there is no such candi
date the fund may be awarded to a freshman woman.
The K appa K appa G amma Scholarship provides an award of approxi
mately $350 annually to a member of the freshman class who is in need of finan
cial aid. Preference is given to relatives of members of the fraternity.
The Sam uel W illets F u n d . This fund provides an annual income of ap
proximately $8,700 for scholarships. A portion of the fund is assigned for
scholarships in the name of Mr. Willets’ children, Frederick Willets, Edward
Willets, Walter Willets, and Caroline W. Frame.
The I. V. W illiamson Scholarships . These scholarships provide an in
come of about $2,000 annually. Preference is given to graduates of Friends
Central, George School, New York Friends Seminary, Baltimore Friends School,
Wilmington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at
Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends School and Brooklyn Friends School.
The income from each of the following funds is awarded at the discretion of
the college to students needing financial aid:
Barclay G. A tk inson Scholarship F u n d .
R ebecca M. A tk inson Scholarship F u n d .
W illiam D orsey Scholarship F u n d .
G eorge Ellsler Scholarship F u n d .
The J oseph E. G illingham F u n d .
The T homas L. L eedom Scholarship F u n d .
The Sarah E. Lippin co tt Scholarship F u n d .
The
The
The
The
39
The M ark E. R eeves Scholarship F u n d .
The F rank Solom on M emorial Scholarship F u n d .
M ary Sproul Scholarship F u n d .
H elen Squier Scholarship F u n d .
F rancis H olmes Strozier M emorial Scholarship F u n d .
J oseph T. Sullivan Scholarship F u n d .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship F u n d .
The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship F u n d .
The
The
The
The
Special L oan F unds
Several loan funds are administered by a committee to which application
should be made through the financial aid officer. Students in good standing
who have a demonstrated financial need and who do not receive sufficient scholar
ship or other assistance to provide for that need are encouraged to apply for
loans which are repayable after the completion of the student’s higher educa
tion. Amounts vary according to need, though the college follows the principle
that students should avoid heavy indebtedness which might prove detrimental
to their own plans and progress. The amount of loan to an individual student
may not exceed $1,000 annually. During the academic year 1960-61 the col
lege made approximately 40 student loans in amounts averaging about $450.
Loans are not normally made to freshmen.
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
The
C lass o f 1913 L oan F u n d .
C lass o f 1916 Loan F u n d .
Class
of
1920 Loan Fund .
C lass o f 1936 L oan F u n d .
J o h n A. M iller L oan F u n d .
P aul M. P earson Loan F u n d .
E llis D. W illiams F u n d .
SwARTHMORE COLLEGE STUDENT LOAN FUND.
G rants -in -aid, to a limited number, may be awarded to students with finan
cial need and average scholastic standing who could not earn all they need with
out serious detriment to their academic work.
College Em ploym ent affords opportunity to earn money by regular work
at current wage rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories or libraries. A
student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship or a grant-in-aid.
The distribution of jobs among those authorized to hold them is made by the
Student Employment office. Residents of the borough of Swarthmore often send
requests for services to the college, which cooperates in making these opportu
nities known to students. About one-third of the students enrolled in college
obtain employment regularly through the office. Earnings are restricted by the
time a student can spend, though a number of students earn as much as $200
during the college year.
40
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources of any college are the quality of its faculty
and the spirit of the institution. Second to these are the physical facilities, in
particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped for undergraduate instruction and in some cases
for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology, astronomy,
and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center of much fundamental
research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin Biological Laboratory
provides exceptional facilities for work in psychology, zoology, botany, and pre
medical studies. The Pierre S. du Pont Science Building, completed in I960,
provides superior accommodations for chemistry, mathematics, and physics.
Beardsley and Hicks Halls contain the engineering laboratories. The Bartol Re
search Foundation of the Franklin Institute, which is also located on the campus,
enjoys an international reputation for its basic research activities in physics, par
ticularly in the fields of nuclear physics, cosmic radiation, and solid state physics.
The Swarthmore College Library, in part the gift of Andrew Carnegie,
contains reading rooms, offices and a collection of 215,000 volumes. Some
6,700 volumes are added annually. About 1,080 periodicals are received regu
larly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and technical books
and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on the front campus.
An addition providing storeroom for 150,000 volumes was erected in 1935.
The duPont Science Library, new in I960, houses some 21,000 books and jour
nals in chemistry, engineering, mathematics and physics. The library is defi
nitely a collection of books and journals for undergraduate use. The demands
of Honors work, however, make necessary the provision of large quantities of
source material not usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates.
It is a point of library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through
inter-library loan, the books needed by students or members of the faculty for
their individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections—the British Ameri
cana collection, the Wells Wordsworth and Thomson collections, and a collec
tion of the issuances of 546 private presses.
A number of special features enrich the academic background of the college.
Among these are the following:
The Biddle M emorial Library is an attractive fireproof structure of stone
and steel given by Clement M. Biddle, ’96, in memory of his father, Clement
M. Biddle, who served for over twenty years as a member of the Board of Man
agers or as an officer of the Corporation of the College. This building houses
the Friends Historical Library, which includes the Swarthmore College Peace
Collection.
41
The F riends H istorical Library, founded in 1871 by Anson Lapham, is
one of the outstanding collections in the United States of manuscripts, books,
pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history of the Society of Friends. The
library is a depository for records of Friends Meetings belonging to Philadel
phia Yearly Meeting. More than 1,700 record books have been deposited;
many of them have been reproduced on microfilm, for which a reading machine
is available. The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Quaker Meeting Records
indexes the material of genealogical interest in the records of 307 meetings in
various parts of the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the
Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts of John Greenleaf Whittier,
the Quaker poet), the Mott Manuscripts (over 400 autograph letters of Lucretia
Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the Hicks Manuscripts (more
than 300 letters of Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker minister). The Library’s col
lection of books and pamphlets by and about Friends numbers approximately
20,000 volumes. About 136 Quaker periodicals are currently received. There
is also an extensive collection of photographs of meeting houses and pictures
of representative Friends. It is hoped that Friends and others will consider the
advantages of giving to this Library any books and family papers which may
throw light on the history of the Society of Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace Collection is of special interest to re
search students and others seeking the records of the Peace Movement. The
personal papers of Jane Addams of Hull House, Chicago, (approximately 10,000
items) formed the original nucleus of the Collection, which now contains docu
mentation on the history of the organized peace movement from its beginnings
circa 1815, to the present time, as well as correspondence and writings of many
workers for international peace and arbitration. The Collection includes files
of some 750 peace periodicals published in the United States and abroad over
the past 140 years; approximately 130 such periodicals in eleven languages are
currently received from twenty-five countries. This collection is the official de
pository for the archives of the leading peace organization in the United States.
A more complete description of the Collection will be found in the Guide to the
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, published by the College and available
for loan on request.
The W illiam J. Cooper F oundation provides a varied program of lectures
and concerts which enriches the academic work of the college. The Foundation
was established by William J. Cooper, a devoted friend of the college, whose
wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served as a member of the Board of Managers
from 1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the college the sum of $100,000
and provided that the income should be used "in bringing to the college from
time to time eminent citizens of this and other countries who are leaders in
statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college community may be broadened
by a closer acquaintance with matters of world interest.” Admission to all pro
grams is .without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with
student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also in
42
bringing to the college speakers of note who remain in residence for a long
enough period to enter into the life of the community. Some of these speakers
have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should be published
under the auspices of the Foundation. This arrangement has so far produced
eleven volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy. Philadelphia,
University of Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and the Development of His
Genius. New York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
Weyl, Hermann.
vania Press, 1934.
Mind and Nature.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsyl
Americans Recovery Program, by A. A. Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A. Heath
Onthank . . . and others . . . London, New York, etc., Oxford University
Press, 1934.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N ow ; a Proposal for a Federal Union of
the Democracies o f the North Atlantic. New York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechanisms.
Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
Wilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties Under Attack. A series of lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
Redfield, Robert. Peasant Society and Culture; A n Anthropological A p
proach to Civilization. Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1956.
Weatherford, Willis D., Jr., Editor. The Goals of Higher Education. A
series of lectures given in the spring of 1958. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press, I960.
Rhys, Hedley H., Editor. A rt and Science in the Seventeenth Century. Prince
ton: Princeton University Press, 1962.
The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural F oundation . About three
hundred acres are contained in the College property, including a large tract of
woodland and the valley of Crum Creek. Much of this tract has been developed
as an horticultural and botanical collection of trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants
through the provisions of the Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation, estab
lished in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret Moon as a
memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of the Class of 1895. The plant collections are
designed both to afford examples of the better kinds of trees, shrubs and herba
ceous plants which are hardy in the climate of Eastern Pennsylvania and suit
able for planting by the average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There
are exceptionally fine displays of Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples and
43
tree peonies, and a great variety of lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffodils,
irises, herbaceous peonies, hemerocallis and chrysanthemums. Many donors have
contributed generously to the collections. (For full information see Bulletin of
Swarthmore College, Vol. xxxvii, No. 5.)
The A rts Center , opened in 1961, contains the Paul M. Pearson Experimen
tal Theater, the Florence Wilcox Lobby for art exhibitions, the Dorothy Hunt
Music Room, and studios for various arts and crafts. The Class of 1910 Room
provides suitable quarters for student government, and other rooms are pro
vided for student publications and other extra-curricular activities.
The B ronson M. C utting M emorial Collection o f R ecorded M usic
was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift of approximately four
thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and musical scores,
from the family of Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator from New Mexico.
Its object is to make the best recorded music available to the undergraduates,
faculty, and friends of Swarthmore College, in cooperation with the work of
the college Department of Music. The collection is kept up to date with cur
rent additions.
The B e n ja m in W est L ecture , made possible by gifts from members of
the class of 1905 and other friends of the College, is given annually on some
phase of art. It is the outgrowth of the Benjamin West Society which built
up a collection of paintings, drawings, and prints, which are exhibited, as space
permits, in the college buildings. The lecture owes its name to the American
artist, who was born in a house which still stands on the campus and who be
came president of the Royal Academy.
The P otter C ollection o f R ecorded Literature , established in 1950
with accumulated income from the William Plummer Potter Public Speaking
Fund, includes a wide variety of recorded poetry, drama and prose. Among the
700 titles on disc and tape are contemporary writers reading from and discussing
their works; full length versions of Shakespearean plays and other dramatic
repertoire; the literature of earlier periods read both in modern English and
in the pronunciation of the time; British and American ballads; lyrical verse
in musical settings; and recordings of literary programs held at Swarthmore.
These materials are used as adjuncts to the study of literature. They are made
available at regular hours to all members of the college community by a student
committee which administers the Potter Room in Bond, where most of the col
lection and the amplifiers are housed. The Department of English Literature
is in charge of the collection and selects current additions.
The B etty D ougherty Spock M emorial F u n d , established through the
generosity of friends of the late member of the Class of 1952, provides income
for the purchase of dramatic recordings. These are kept in the Potter Room.
44
C ollege L ife
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption
that an important element in education comes from dose assodation of students
and instructors. Most students live in dormitories. Many members of the
faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence Halls
There are six dormitories for men: Wharton Hall, named in honor of its
donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President of the Board of Managers,
Palmer, Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; and two buildings
on the former Mary Lyon School property.
The women’s dormitories indude the upper floors in the wings of Parrish
Hall; W orth Hall, the gift of William P. Worth, '76, and J. Sharpless Worth,
ex-’73, as a memorial to their parents; Robinson House; Woolman House;
and Willets Hall, largely made possible by a bequest from Phebe Seaman, ’19,
and named in honor of her mother and aunts.
All freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose
their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must be obtained
to room outside the dormitories.
Students may occupy college rooms during vacations only by special arrange
ments with the Deans and payment of the required fee. Freshmen and sopho
mores are asked to leave college immediately after their last examination in
the spring so that their rooms may be used by Commencement visitors.
Dining Rooms
All students, both men and women, have their meals in two adjoining Col
lege Dining Rooms in Parrish Hall. The dining rooms are closed during all
vacations.
R eligious Life
The religious life of the college is founded on the Quaker principle that
the seat of spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light of each individual. The
Society of Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best expressed in
the quality of everyday living. There are accordingly no compulsory religious
exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional element in Collection may be
so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the churches of their choice.
Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian Science churches are located
in the borough of Swarthmore; other churches and synagogues in the nearby
towns of Morton, Media, Chester, and Springfield. The Swarthmore Meeting
House is located on the campus. Students are cordially invited to attend its
45
meeting for worship on Sunday. Extracurricular groups with faculty coopera
tion exist for the study of the Bible and the exploration of common concerns
in religion.
An assembly of the college, called Collection, is held at 10: 00 a.m. every
Thursday in Clothier Memorial; attendance of students is required. There is
regularly a period of silence according to the Friendly tradition and a reading.
Lasting from one-half to three-quarters of an hour, Collection normally in
cludes an address; but this is varied by the occasional introduction of musical,
dramatic, and other programs.
Stu d en t W elfare
Health
The college physician holds daily office hours at the college, where students
may consult him without charge. A student must report any illness to the col
lege physician, but is free to go for treatment to another doctor if he prefers to
do so.
At the time of admission each student must present a brief medical history
and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form supplied by
the college. Pertinent information about such matters as physical reserve, un
usual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric disturbances will be espe
cially valuable to the college Health Service. All new students must have been
successfully vaccinated against smallpox within five years, in accordance with
Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the be
ginning of each year. There is close cooperation with the Departments of
Physical Education. Recommendations for limited activity are made for those
students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be excused en
tirely from the requirements of the Physical Education Department.
There are two infirmaries, one for men and one for women. The infirmary
for men is in Section F of Wharton H all; the women’s infirmary is at the east
end of Parrish Hall. Registered nurses are on duty in each, under the direction
of the college physician.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the infirmaries per term without
charge unless the services of a special nurse are required. After ten days, a
charge of $3.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a communicable dis
ease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed must
stay in the infirmary for the period of their illness. A charge is made for spe
cial expensive medicines and certain immunization procedures, but ordinary
medicines are furnished without cost.
The medical and infirmary facilities of the college are available to students
injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume addi
tional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising from
accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all students
participating in athletics and is recommended for all others. (For details see
p. 33.)
46
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each
week. The purpose of this service is to be of help in all types of emotional
problems.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students in
their choice of a career. Conferences and field trips are planned periodically
and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. Help is offered to
students in finding employment. In addition, summer work opportunities are
made known to students.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and
of the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine, and acts
as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, interpreting to
them the present plans and policies of the college.
alu m n i
News Office
The News Office does a two-fold job. It helps prepare the several publica
tions put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins. These
include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue, the Stu
dent Handbook, the Viewbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In addition to
this, the News Office, through the largely student operated News Bureau, works
with the press and other communications media in publicizing news that is of
interest to the general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising all
students. However, there are many other advisers available to each student.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course adviser
until this responsibility falls to the chairman of the student’s major department
at the end of his sophomore year. Faculty members have also been appointed
as advisers for each of the men’s varsity athletic teams. They work closely with
the team, attending practices and many of the scheduled contests.
A group of upperclass women, under the direction of the Women’s Student
Government Association, serve as counselors for all freshman women, several
counselors being assigned to each hall. There are also student proctors in each
of the men’s dormitory sections. A group of students cooperate with proctors
and counselors in helping the Deans with the orientation program conducted
during the freshman week.
T h e Stu d en t Co m m unity
Student Conduct
The Society of Friends has historically been conservative in social matters,
and its influence within the College community is one of the important factors
47
in making Swarthmore what it is. Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should recognize that they are selecting a set of social and academic
standards that are intrinsic to the history and point of view of this institution.
In general, the life of students is to be governed by good taste and accepted
practice rather than by elaborate rules. Certain rules, however, are of sufficient
importance to deserve attention here:
1. The men’s and women’s dormitories are not to be visited by members of
the opposite sex except under the following conditions: Visiting is permitted
in the public parlors between certain specified hours; open houses on certain
Saturday or Sunday afternoons may be scheduled according to the rules estab
lished by the Student Affairs Committee.
2. The possession and use of alcoholic beverages on the campus is forbidden,
as is drunken conduct.
3. The use or possession of firearms or other dangerous weapons is not per
mitted. Firecrackers or other explosives are prohibited. Tampering with fire
alarm or prevention equipment is a serious offense.
4. No undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the Col
lege without special permission. The administration of this rule is in the hands
of a Student-Faculty committee which authorizes cars for the use of student
organizations and in some cases for special needs such as jobs dependent upon
cars. Day students may use cars for commuting to College, but special arrange
ments for stickers must be made for campus parking. More detailed informa
tion may be had from the office of the Deans.
5. At evening concerts or dramatic performances or public lectures men will
wear coats and ties and women dresses or skirts. At the evening meal and Sunday
noon dinner in the dining room the same standards will apply except that it is
recommended that the men wear coats and ties but not required so long as the
dress is m other respects consistent with the spirit of these regulations.
6. It is a college policy to discourage premature marriages by ruling that if
two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some exceptions
have been provided in the case of veterans and upperclass students and informa
tion about them may be obtained from the Office of the Deans.
College rules which affect the entire student community are discussed and
formulated for the approval of the Administration by the Student Affairs Com
mittee, which is composed of Deans and Faculty members appointed by the
President and students appointed by the Student Council. This Committee dele
gates to student government agencies as much authority in the administration of
rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire undergraduate
community and is the chief body of student government. Its efforts are directed
toward coordination of student activities and the expression of student opinion.
48
Committees of the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution of funds to student groups; the Community Service Committee,
which administers welfare projects; the Elections Committee, which supervises
procedure in campus elections; and the Social Committee, see below. The
Curriculum Committee cooperates with a similar committee of the faculty in
the discussion of matters relating to the academic program of the college. In
addition to these, there are several joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose stu
dent membership is appointed by the Council: Collection, Cooper Foundation,
Men’s Athletics, Student Affairs, and Admissions Policy.
Judicial Bodies
Where infractions of college rules have occurred, decisions about responsi
bility and about penalties are made by elected committees. Four such committees
have different jurisdictions. The Women’s Judiciary Committee is a branch of
WSGA and is elected by the women of the student body. It sits in all cases
of violations of WSGA rules or of violations by women of general campus
regulations except as they fall in the sphere of the Student Judiciary Committee
(see below). The Men’s Judiciary Committee is elected by the male students
and sits in all cases of violations of college rules by male students except in
the kinds of cases indicated below as coming under the jurisdiction of the Stu
dent Judiciary Committee. The Student Judiciary Committee, its members se
lected from the other two committees, serves on cases involving the car rule,
on those involving both men and women, and on others that may require joint
action. The College Judiciary Committee is composed of student and faculty
members and the two Deans. It deals with cases referred or appealed from the
other Committees or with any cases that involve penalties of suspension or ex
pulsion.
Women’s Student Government
All women students are members of the Women’s Student Government As
sociation, headed by an Executive Board elected to promote a great variety of
women’s interests. This board includes the officers of the Association, the hall
presidents and the chairmen of certain important committees: Judiciary, which
maintains social regulations; Somerville, which arranges the program for
Somerville Day, on which alumnae are invited to return to the College, and
fosters student-alumnae relations.
Social Committee
An extensive program of social activities is managed by the Social Commit
tee appointed by the Student Council. The program is designed to appeal to a
wide variety of interests, and is open to all students. At no time is there any
charge for college social functions.
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an op
portunity to participate in a program of extra-curricular activities wide enough
49
to meet every kind of interest. No credit is given for work in such varied fields
as sculpture, play-writing, publishing the college newspaper or playing in the
orchestra. However, the college encourages a student to participate in whatever
activity best fits his personal talents and inclinations, believing that satisfactory
avocations are a necessary part of life.
Extra-curricular musical activities at Swarthmore are numerous and well-sup
ported. The college chorus is led by Professor Swing, and the college orchestra
by Professor Spies. There are chamber music groups, madrigal groups, and pub
lic performances of the musical works of students in composition. There is an
excellent college record collection, there are facilities for private practice, and
there are student tickets for the Philadelphia Orchestra. The Cooper Founda
tion presents a distinguished group of concerts each year.
There are faculty advisers or special instructors for the Little Theatre Club,
Print Club, the Camera Club, the Sculpture Group, the drawing and painting
groups, the creative writers, and the modem dancers. Many other student
groups for the discussion of public affairs, the integration of the sciences, and
the editing of college publications conduct their own affairs with occasional
advice from the faculty.
Athletics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the premise that any intercollegiate
program must be justified by the contribution which it can make to the educa
tional development of the individual student who chooses to participate. In
keeping with this fundamental policy, Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied
and extensive, offering every student a chance to take part in a wide range of
sports. The College feels that it is a good thing to have as many students as
possible competing on its intercollegiate teams.
Fraternities
There are four national fraternity chapters at Swarthmore: Delta Upsilon,
Kappa Sigma, Phi Kappa Psi, Phi Sigma Kappa, and one local fraternity, Tau
Alpha Omicron. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college social program and
maintain separate lodges on the campus. The lodges do not contain dormitory
accommodations or eating facilities. New members are pledged during the late
fall of their first year at the college and normally about one-half of the fresh
man men decide to affiliate with one of the five chapters.
Student Activities Bulletin
A booklet describing more fully all these activities and many others can be
had upon request from the Office of the Deans.
50
General Statement
Swarthmore College offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts and the degree
of Bachelor of Science. The latter is given only in the Division of Engineering;
the former, in the Divisions of the Humanities, the Social Sciences, and the
Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters of resident study, which are normally com
pleted in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s degree.
The selection of a program will depend upon the student s interests and vo
cational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and chemistry,
for example, are the usual preparation for professional work in these fields.
Students planning a career in law, business, or government service find majors
in the humanities or social sciences of great value.
The purpose of a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide vo
cational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one s future
vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities as citizens
and grow into cultivated and versatile individuals. A liberal education is con
cerned with our cultural inheritance, the world of thought, and the develop
ment of aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary for most students to concern themselves with the problem of
making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a specialization
that is too early and too narrow. They still have need of broadening the scope
of their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to routine em
ployment, but positions of greater responsibility will be occupied by those who
are equipped to think their way through new problems and to conceive of their
functions in a larger context of time and place. Liberal education and voca
tional training may be the joint products of a common process, and the courses
here offered should be selected with this large purpose in view.
For this reason, all students, during the first half of their college program,
are expected to complete the general college requirements, to choose their major
and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these subjects by tak
ing certain prerequisites. Five full courses or their equivalent in half courses
constitute the normal program for each of the first two years. Each course rep
resents from eight to twelve hours of work a week including class meetings,
laboratory periods and individual preparation.
The program for upper class students affords a choice between two methods
of study: Honors Work, leading to a degree with Honors, and General Courses.
An Honors student concentrates on three related subjects which he normally
studies by the seminar method. At the end of his senior year he must take a
battery of eight examinations on the work of his seminars, set by outside ex
aminers. (The system will be explained more fully below.)
• For groupings of departments, see page 20.
52
A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom of election and
takes four full courses or their equivalent in each of the last two years. At the
end of his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive examination given
by his major department.
The program for engineering students follows a similar basic plan, with cer
tain variations which are explained on page 85. Courses outside the fr v -h n ir a l
fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements for graduation, all students must meet
certain standards of participation in Physical Education as set forth in the state
ment of those departments (see pp. 126-128) and must attend the Collection
exercises of the college (see p. 46).
The course advisers of freshmen and sophomores are members of the faculty
appointed by the Deans. For juniors and seniors the advisers are the chairmen
of their major departments or their representatives.
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum for the first two years is designed primarily to contribute to
a student’s general education by giving him an introduction to the methods of
thinking and the content of knowledge in a variety of fields important to a lib
eral education.
1. The traditional humanistic studies—those studies through which man learns
to understand himself and his relationship to his fellows as individuals, and
the enduring values in human experience.
2. The social sciences—those studies through which man learns to understand
the nature of organized society, past and present, and his relationship to it.
3. The natural sciences—those studies through which man learns to under
stand his physical environment, both organic and inorganic, outside of his own
individual and social being.
Each student shall meet the following general requirements, ordinarily during
the first two years:
* A year-course to be chosen from Astronomy 1-2, Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2
or 7-8, Physics 1-2 or 7-8, Mathematics 1-2, 3-4, or 5-6.
2. Two year-courses to be chosen from Economics 1-2, History 1-2, and Political
Science 1-2. For students in the Divisions of Engineering and the Natural
Sciences the requirement shall consist of one year-course.
3. For students in the Humanities and Social Science division, four half-courses
to be chosen as follows:
One half-course in Literature (English or foreign).
One half-course in Fine Arts, Music, Religion, or Classical Civilization.
Two half-courses (from different departments), in History, Philosophy,
Psychology, or Classics 31 or 32.
53
For students in the Engineering and Natural Science divisions, four half
courses in at least two departments:
Two half-courses to be chosen from literature (English or foreign), Fine
Arts, Music, Religion, or Classical Civilization (Classics 33, 34, or 36).
Two half-courses to be chosen from History, Philosophy, Psychology, or
Classics 31 or 32.
History can be used as an option here by students in any division who have
not chosen History 1-2 to satisfy requirement 2 above.
Pre-medical students with a major in the Humanities or the Social Sciences
may substitute a second half-course in literature for the second requirement
above in order to satisfy medical school requirements.
4. All students except those majoring in engineering must include in their pro
gram sufficient work in a modern or classical language to complete course
4 or its equivalent. This may be met in whole or in part by secondary school
preparation as measured by the appropriate achievement test of the College
Entrance Examination Board.
Students entering college with special preparation in any one of these subjects
may apply for exemption. No student may take more than four half courses
in any one department during the first two years except in special circumstances.
Applications for exceptions must be made to the Committee on Academic Re
quirements.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be completed
for the work of the last two years in major and minor subjects, and sufficient
additional electives must be taken to make up a full program.
It is expected that, after completion of the minimum courses in the general
program of the first two years, the student will devote the remainder of his
sophomore year to preparing himself for more advanced study of those subjects
which have most interested him and to other courses which will increase the
range of his knowledge. He should decide, as early in his sophomore year as
possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might like to major and should
consult the statements of the departments concerned as to required and recom
mended courses and supporting subjects. In most cases he is advised to take
not more than one semester of work in any subject beyond the first course.
The requirement in foreign language (either classical or modern) is such
that an exceptionally well prepared freshman may demonstrate his completion
of it before entering college by his rating in an Achievement Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board. The desired standard is normally met
on the basis of four years’ work in high school, or of three or two years’ work
in high school followed by one or two terms in college. If a student fulfills
the requirement with a language which he begins in college, he will need to
study it for four terms. If he fulfills it with a language begun elsewhere his
progress toward the degree of competence demanded is measured by a place
ment test. This may be one of the achievement tests of the College Entrance
54
Examination Board which he has taken as a requirement for admission or a
placement test given by the Swarthmore departments of language.
Physical education is required of all students (except veterans) in the first
two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 61 and in the statements
of the departments of Physical Education.
Program for Juniors and Seniors
W ork in Course
The work of juniors and seniors in Course includes some intensive, specialized
study within a general area of interest. This comprises enough work in a single
department (designated as a "major” ) to make an equivalent of four full
courses. Work taken during the first two years may be counted toward fulfill
ment of the major requirements but not more than six full courses or twelve
half courses may be taken in the major field. Before graduation the student
must pass a comprehensive examination in his major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end of the sophomore year,
and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division con
cerned. The decision will be based on an estimate of his ability in his major
subject as well as on his record. If a student does not secure divisional appro
val, he cannot be admitted to the junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the chairman
of his major department (or a member of the department designated by the
chairman) whose approval he must secure for his choice of courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and sen
iors usually have room for at least one elective a year.
The completion of eighteen full courses, or equivalent, with a minimum aver
age of C, normally constitutes the course requirement for a degree. Under
certain circumstances this may be reduced to seventeen. A student may carry
extra work after the freshman year with the approval of his course adviser and
of the Committee on Academic Requirements, provided that his record in the
previous year has been satisfactory.
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree with Distinction to students who
have done distinguished work in the course program.
R eading for H onors
The Honors Program, initiated in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte, is a
distinctive part of Swarthmore’s educational life. It seeks to free from the limi
tations of classroom routine those students whose maturity, interest, and capacity
suit them for independent work. While the program is designedly flexible and
responsive to new needs, it has been characterized from the beginning by three
basic elements, which taken together may be said to be the essence of the system.
55
(1) Honors work involves a concentration of the student’s attention during
his last two years upon a limited and integrated field of studies. He pursues
only two subjects during a semester, thereby avoiding the fragmentation of in
terest that may result from a program of four or more courses with their daily
assignments and frequent examinations. The content of the subject matter field
is correspondingly broader, permitting a wide range of reading and investigation
and demanding of the student correlations of an independent and searching
nature.
(2) Honors work frees the student from periodic examinations, since his
thinking is under continual scrutiny by his classmates and instructors. By this
program he undertakes to subject himself at the end of two years of Honors
work to examinations in all of the eight fields studied. In these he is expected
to demonstrate his competence in a field of knowledge rather than simply his
mastery of those facts and interpretations which his instructor has seen fit to
present. These examinations, consisting of a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions who read the papers and then come
to the campus to conduct an oral examination of each student, in order to clarify
and enlarge the basis of their judgment of his command of his material.
(3) Honors work is customarily carried on in seminars of seven students or
less or in independent projects leading to a thesis. Seminars meet once a week,
in many cases in the home of the instructor, for sessions lasting three hours
or more. The pvari- technique of the seminar varies with the subject matter,
but its essence is a cooperative search for truth, whether it be by papers, dis
cussion, or laboratory experiment. Each student has an equal responsibility for
the assimilation of the whole of the material and is correspondingly searching
in his scrutiny of ideas presented by his fellows or by his instructor. The stu
dent is expected to devote half of his working time during a semester to each
of his fields of study.
In practice three avenues toward an Honors degree are open:
(1) The standard program consists of eight subjects studied during the last
four semesters leading to examinations by the visiting examiners. In the Divi
sion of the Natural Sciences where there is a heavy burden of prerequisite
courses, the student may offer as few as six fields for examination, subject to
the approval of the division. The Divisions of the Humanities and of the
Social Sciences allow seven examinations instead of eight only in cases of clear
hardship (as in the case of some transfer students) ; they do not a llo w such
remission in order to permit the student to pursue work of elementary or inter
mediate level in Course or to accommodate some unrelated subject in his pro
gram.
(2) Students who have a special reason to study for one or two semesters
abroad or in another American institution must take the normal number of ex
aminations prescribed by their divisions. Such programs must be worked out
in advance, since it may not be possible to provide visiting examiners for work
offered elsewhere and since instruction in some fields of the student’s choice
56
may not be available in the other institution. In general the student following
this avenue to an Honors degree must weigh carefully the advantage of work
ing independently or under tutorial guidance against the loss he incurs by miss
ing both the stimulus and the criticism provided by his fellows in seminar.
(3)
Students who at the end of the sophomore year did not elect or were
not permitted to read for Honors, but whose work has subsequently shown dis
tinction may be encouraged to take the regular Honors examinations so that they
may receive the degree of Honors recommended by the visiting examiners. They
shall receive no remission of the number of examinations by reason of their
preparation in Course but shall be subject to the regulations governing Honors
programs of the division concerned. Such students must before the end of the
seventh semester petition the division for permission to take the Honors ex
aminations and must submit an acceptable list of examinations which they are
prepared to take.
The normal pattern in Honors programs is four seminars (or examinations)
in the major department and two in each of two minor departments. No stu
dent is allowed more than four seminars in his major; in those cases where
he offers three seminars in each of two fields, one must be designated as his
major. While there is a general belief that two seminars in a minor field are
desirable because of the mutual reinforcement they provide, there are by custom
certain seminars which are allowed to stand alone. Thus there is a considerable
flexibility in Honors programs, each being subject to the scrutiny of the depart
ments and divisions in which the work is done.
A candidate for admission to Honors should consult the chairmen of his pro
spective major and minor departments during the second semester of his sopho
more year and work out a program for the junior and senior years. This pro
posed program must be filed in the office of the Registrar who will forward it
to the divisions concerned. The acceptance of the candidate by the divisions
depends in part upon the quality of his previous work as indicated by the grades
he has received but mainly upon his apparent capacity for assuming the respon
sibility of Honors work. The names of the accepted candidates are announced
later in the spring. The major department is responsible for the original plan
of work and for keeping in touch with the candidate’s progress from semester
to semester. The division is responsible for approval of the original program
and of any later changes in that program.
At the end of the junior year Honors students are required to take the Honors
examinations set at that time for the fields they have studied. These trial papers,
however, are read by their instructors, not by the visiting examiners. On the
basis of the showing made in these examinations, the student may be advised
or even required to return to Course, or he may be warned that he continues
in Honors at his own risk. Those students who return to Course under these
circumstances or for other reasons will receive grades for the work they have
done while reading for Honors, but in no case without taking examinations
over the fields covered.
57
At the end of the senior year the reading of the examinations and the decision
of the degree of Honors to be awarded the candidates is entirely in the hands
of the visiting examiners. Upon their recommendation, successful candidates
are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. When the work of a candidate does not in the opinion of
the examiners merit Honors of any grade, his papers are returned to his in
structors, who decide, under rules of the Faculty, whether he shall be given a
degree in Course.
P re -M edical P rogram
All students who are considering the possibility of attending medical (or
dental) school after graduation from Swarthmore should register their names
with the Chairman of the Committee on Pre-Medical Education at the first op
portunity. Information and advice on general requirements and on the special
requirements of specific medical schools may be obtained by either the student
or his adviser from this committee. In addition, it is a function of the com
mittee to prepare a statement of evaluation and its recommendation to each medi
cal school to which the student may apply, basing this statement on all informa
tion available to it, including the student’s record and faculty evaluations.
In conference with the student, the course adviser maps out a program based
on requirements listed below, the college’s general requirements, and the par
ticular needs and interests of the student. Beyond these considerations the need
for understanding basic social problems, the cultivation of sensitiveness to cul
tural values, and the value of intensive work in at least one field is kept in mind
in mapping an individual program.
The following courses are among the minimum requirements of most medical
schools: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics 1-2 or 3-4,
Physics 1-2, English (two semester courses). The foreign language require
ments of medical schools are automatically met when the student has satisfied
the college language requirement, which includes language course 4 or its equiv
alent. In addition, some medical schools require quantitative analysis (Chem
istry 26) or comparative anatomy (Zoology 11). Advanced work in biology,
chemistry and mathematics is recommended where the student’s program and
interests permit. The student is urged to familiarize himself with the specific
requirements of those medical schools in which he is interested in planning his
program.
The work of the junior and senior year may be done either in the honors pro
gram or in course. Intensive work of the major may be carried out in any de
partment of the student’s choice, or major requirements may be met by complet
ing three full courses in each of two related departments in the Division of the
Natural Sciences. In the latter case the comprehensive examination will be
jointly arranged by the departments concerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the com
pletion of three years of college work, most medical schools strongly advise com
pletion of four years of college, and in practice admit very few with less.
58
F o r e i g n St u d y
Students who wish to study abroad should consult with the dean and the chair
man of their major department and plan a specific program which must be ap
proved by the departments concerned. A copy of this program should be filed
in the Registrar’s office. Examinations must ordinarily be taken upon return to
Swarthmore if credit is desired, but these examinations may be waived if satis
factory evidence is presented that examinations were successfully passed abroad.
W riting and Speaking
Students deficient in the mechanics of composition will be required to take
tutorial work before entering the junior year. Expert assistance is also available
to increase efficiency in reading.
A special course in English for foreign students is provided when necessary.
59
Faculty Regulations
A ttendance at Classes and Collection
Members of the faculty will hold students responsible for regular attendance
at classes and will report to the Deans the name of any student whose repeated
absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work. The number of cuts
allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which places a heavy responsi
bility on all students to make sure that their work is not suffering as a result
of absences. Since freshmen must exercise particular care in this respect and
since the faculty recognizes its greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter of class attendance, it is expected that freshmen, especially, will attend
all their classes.
When illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report at
once to the nurses or to the college physician.
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation in each
course must be attended. The minimum penalty for violation of this rule is
probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by the
faculty. All students are allowed four absences from Collection each term.
G rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon the
work of students in courses. Informal reports during the semester take the
form of comments on unsatisfactory work. At the end of each semester formal
grades are given in each course under the letter system, by which A means
excellent work, B good work, C satisfactory work, D passing but below the aver
age required for graduation, and E failure. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course by the Committee on Academic
Requirements. X designates a condition; this means that a student has done
unsatisfactory work in the first half of a year course, but by creditable work
during the second half may earn a passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove his condition. R is used to designate an auditor or in cases when the
work of a foreign student cannot be evaluated because of deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete with respect to specific assign
ments or examinations. The Faculty has voted that the grade given in a course
should incorporate a zero for any part of the course not complete by the date
of the final examination. The grade Incomplete should be given only after
consultation with the Registrar and only in cases in which it can be shown that
illness, military service, or the like made it impossible for the student to com
plete his work before the deadline, or in cases in which the instructor wishes to
insist on the completion of the work before giving a grade with penalties. If
an Inc. is received, it must normally be made up in the term immediately fol60
lowing that in which it was incurred. A date is set at the end of the first six
weeks of each term when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers
submitted. Under special circumstances involving the use of laboratories or
attendance at courses not immediately available, a student must secure permission
to extend the time for making up an incomplete until the second term following.
This permission must be given in writing and filed in the Office of the Registrar.
Any not made up within a year from the time it was imposed shall be recorded
as E, a failure which cannot be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end of each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for graduation
in honors work, the recommendation of the visiting examiners.
R egistration
All students are required to register at the time specified in official announce
ments and to file programs of courses or seminars approved by their course ad
visers. Fines are imposed for late or incomplete registration.
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number of courses in
each semester. If more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should consult his
course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic Require
ments. A student who wishes to take fewer than the normal number of courses
should register for the regular program and file a petition to drop one or more
courses.
Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received within the
first two weeks of the semester. Applications involving withdrawal from a
course must be received not later than the middle of the semester.
Examinations
Any student who is absent from an examination, announcement of which was
made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only by special
arrangement with the instructor in charge of the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be inter
preted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the college and
under direct departmental supervision.
Sum m er School W ork
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required to
obtain the endorsement of the chairman of the department concerned before
entering upon the work, and after completing the work are required to pass an
examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P hysical Education
Physical education is required of all women and non-veteran men in the
freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college phy
sician. A minimum of three periods per week shall be required. If any semes
ter’s work of the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the junior year.
61
No student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a deficiency in physi
cal education.
Exclusion from College
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose conduct
or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning any fur
ther reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or remitted, in
whole or in part, and neither the college nor any of its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
Requirements for Graduation
Bachelor o f A rts and Bachelor o f Science
The degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science are conferred upon
students who have met the following requirements for graduation:
1. The candidate must have completed eighteen full courses or ten courses
and eight seminars with an average grade of C.
2. He must have complied with the course requirements for the first two
years.
3. He must have met the requirements in the major and supporting fields
during the last two years.
4. He must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in his
major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners for a degree with
honors.
5. He must have completed four terms of study at Swarthmore College, two
of which have been those of the senior year.
6. He must have completed the physical education requirements set forth on
page 61 and in statements of the Physical Education Departments.
7. He must have attended the Collection exercises of the College in accord
ance with the regulations (see page 46).
8. He must have paid all outstanding bills and returned all equipment and
library books.
Advanced Degrees
M aster o f A rts and M aster o f Science
The degree of Master of Arts or Master of Science may be conferred subject
to the following requirements:
Only students who have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree with
some'distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution of satisfactory
standing, shall be admitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim of the
work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from the de62
partment or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master’s Degree.
If accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be reported to the fac
ulty at or before the first faculty meeting of the year in which the candidate is
to begin his work.
The requirements for the Master’s degree shall include the equivalent of a
full year’s work of graduate character. This work may be done in courses, semi
nars, reading courses, regular conferences with members of the faculty, or re
search. The work may be done in one department or in two related departments.
The catalogue statements of departments which offer graduate work indicate
the courses or seminars which may be taken for this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examination
conducted by the department or departments in which his work was done. He
shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that, where this procedure is
not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee on the Master’s De
gree. The department or departments concerned, on the basis of the reports
of the outside examiners, together with the reports of the student’s resident in
structors, shall make recommendations to the faculty for the award of the de
gree.
At the option of the department or departments concerned, a thesis may be
required as part of the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be expected to show before admis
sion to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his department
or departments most essential for his field of research. Detailed language re
quirements will be indicated in the announcements of departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s de
gree is $1,000 per year, and the general fee for these students is $25 per semester.
A dvanced Engineering D egrees
The advanced degrees of Mechanical Engineer (M .E.), Electrical Engineer
(E.E.), and Civil Engineer (C.E.), may be obtained by graduates who have
received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the requirements
given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work for five years
since receiving his first degree.
2. He must have had charge of engineering work and must be in a position
of responsibility and trust at the time of application.
3. He must make application and submit an outline of the thesis he expects
to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before the
time of granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee of $5 and an additional fee
of $20 when the degree is conferred.
63
Awards and Prizes
The J o h n W . N ason A ward, a gift of a friend of the College in honor of
the Eighth President, is presented, normally at Commencement, to one or more
members of the total staff of the College, or to members of their families, who
have made a distinctive contribution, beyond the scope of their normal duties,
to the life of the College community. The Award is made by the Instruction
and Libraries Committee of the Board of Managers upon the advice of the
President of the College and consists of a formal citation and a monetary award
of $1,000.
The I vy A ward F u n d was created by a gift from Owen Moon, ’94. The in
come of the fund is placed in the hands of the faculty for award on Commence
ment Day to a male member of the graduating class. The qualifications for the
Ivy Award are sim ilar to those for the Rhodes Scholarships and include (a)
qualities of manhood, force of character, and leadership; (b) literary and
scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased by the donor in
the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.”
The O ak L eaf A ward was established by David Dwight Rowlands of the
riacc of 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory of him by Hazel
C. Rowlands, '07, and Caroline A. Lukens, ’98. The award is made by the
faculty each year to the woman member of the Senior Class who is outstanding
for loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M cC abe E ngineering A ward, founded by Thomas B. McCabe, 1915,
is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student in the Senior
Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee of the faculty of the division of
Engineering.
The P h i B eta K appa P rize is awarded by the Swarthmore Chapter to the
member of the junior class who had the best academic record for the first two
years. The value of the prize is $40.
The Brand B lanshard P rize , honoring Brand Blanshard, professor of
philosophy at Swarthmore from 1925 to 1945, has been established by David
H. Scull, of the Class of 1936. The award of $50 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion of the department, submits the best essay on any
philosophical topic.
The A. Edward N ew ton Library P rize of $50, endowed by A. Edward
Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W. W. Thayer,
is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion of the Com
mittee of Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen collection of books
upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award not merely upon
the size of the collection but also upon the skill with which the books are se
lected and upon the owner’s knowledge of their subject-matter.
The K atherine B. Sicard P rize of $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma Fra
ternity in memory of Katherine B. Sicard, ’34, is awarded annually to the fresh64
W illets Halls, a Dorm itory for W om en
Pierre S. duPont Science Building
man woman who, in the opinion of the department, shows greatest proficiency
in English.
Public Speaking Contests . Prizes for contests in public speaking are pro
vided as follows: The E lla F rances B u n tin g Extemporary Speaking
Fund awards prizes for the best extemporaneous short speeches. The O w e n
Moon F u nd provides the Delta Upsilon Speaking Contest awards for the best
prepared speeches on topics of current interest. The W illiam P lum m er
Potter P ublic Speaking F u nd , established in 1927, sponsors the Potter Pub
lic Speaking Contest. This fund also provides awards for a Poetry Reading
Contest, held normally in the fall semester, and the One-Act Play Contest, held
in the spring semester.
The Lois M orrell P oetry A ward, given by her parents in memory of Lois
Morrell of the Class of 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion of the
faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for the award.
The award, consisting of $100, is made in the spring of the year. All entries
should be submitted by April 1.
The J o h n R ussell H ayes P oetry P rizes, of approximately $25 for a first
prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original poem or for
a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by April 1 of each
year.
The M ay E. P arry M emorial A ward, given by the Class of 1925 of which
she was a member, is presented each year to the senior woman who by her loy
alty, sportsmanship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable contribution to
Swarthmore College. The recipient is chosen by the faculty of the Department
of Physical Education for Women.
Fellowships
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommendation
of the Committee on Fellowships, to seniors or graduates of the college for the
pursuit of advanced work. The proposed program of study must have the ap
proval of the faculty. Applications for fellowships must be in the hands of
the committee by April 15. Applicants for any one of these fellowships will be
considered for the others as well.
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A. L eedom F ellow ship of $500, founded by the bequest of
Hannah A. Leedom.
The J oshua Lippin co tt F ellowship of $600, founded by Howard W. Lippincott, of the Class of 1875, in memory of his father.
The J o h n Lockwood M emorial F ellowship of $600, founded by the be
quest of Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory of her brother, John Lockwood. It was the wish of the donor that the fellowship be awarded to a member
of the Society of Friends.
65
Four other fellowships are open to graduates of Swarthmore College under
the conditions described below:
The L ucretia M ott F ellow ship , founded by the Somerville Literary So
ciety and sustained by the contribution of its life members, has yielded an an
nual income since its foundation of $525. It is awarded each year by a com
mittee of the faculty (selected by the society), with the concurrence of the life
members of the society, to a young woman graduate of that year who is to pur
sue advanced study at some other institution approved by this committee.
The M artha E. T yson F ellow ship , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions of life members of the society
and yields an income of $500 or more. It is awarded biennially by a joint com
mittee of the faculty and the society (elected by the society) with the concur
rence of the life members of the society to a woman graduate of Swarthmore
College who has entered or plans to enter elementary or secondary school work.
The recipient of the award is to pursue a course of study fitting her for more
efficient work in an institution approved by the Committee of Award.
Sigma X i R esearch F ellow ship . The Swarthmore Chapter of Sigma Xi
appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with research grants
with a maximum value of $1,000. The holders of this fellowship are usually
associates of the chapter who have shown conspicuous ability in graduate studies.
The purpose of the chapter in awarding these fellowships is to relieve worthy
students from teaching and other distracting duties so that they may concentrate
as much as possible upon their research. Applications for these fellowships
should be made to the secretary of the chapter not later than the middle of
March. Appointments will be announced about the middle of April.
The P h i Beta K appa F ellowship of $250, founded by the Swarthmore
Chapter of the national honor fraternity, is awarded each year at the discretion
of the Committee on Fellowships on the basis of intellectual distinction to a
member of the senior class who has been elected to Phi Beta Kappa and who
proposes to pursue graduate study and scholarly work.
66
C ourses
of
I nstruction
N umbering o f Courses and Seminars
A system of uniform numbering is used in all departments.
numbered as follows:
1 to
Courses are
9—introductory courses
11 to
49— other courses open to students of all classes
51 to
69— advanced courses limited to Juniors and Seniors
101 to 199—seminars for honors students and graduate students
Full courses the numbers of which are joined by a hyphen (e.g., 1-2) must be
continued for the entire year; credit is not given for the first semesters work
only.
Astronomy
P rofessor : P eter van de K am p , Chairman and Director of
Sprout Observatory
R esearch A ssociate and L ecturer : Sarah L. Lippincott
R esearch A ssociate : A rth u r R. U pgren , J r .
R esearch A ssistants : D avid F. G ray
Susan W yckoff
Astronomy deals with the nature of the universe about us and the methods employed
to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena. The elementary courses present
the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth of our knowledge of the facts and
development of theories. The advanced courses consider some of these problems in detail.
The seminars deal primarily with the techniques, methods and problems of the Sproul
Observatory research program.
The principal instrument of the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor of thirty-six foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography. The
instrument has been in continuous operation since 1912 and provides a valuable and
steadily expanding collection of photographs. Measuring and calculating machines are
available for the measurement and reduction of the photographs. The principal program
of the Observatory is an accurate study of the distances, motions and masses of the
nearer stellar systems.
The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second Tuesday night of each month
during the college year—October through May. W ith clear weather, visitors have the
opportunity of seeing many celestial objects of various types in the course of a year.
The visiting hours are from 7: 00 to 8: 30 p.m . in the fall and winter, but are set
later during the spring.
R equirem ents for M ajors
Prerequisites for an Astronomy major, in course, are Astronomy 1-2, advanced courses
and seminars (taken as double courses) in Astronomy, combined with work in mathe
matics and physics.
Prerequisites for admission to the honors program in Astronomy, either as a major
or a minor, are Mathematics 11-12, Astronomy 1-2, Physics 1-2, and a reading knowledge
of French, German or Russian.
Courses
1-2. D escriptive Astronomy . Mr. van de Kamp.
Full course
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results of astronomy.
Fundamental notions of physics are studied as they are needed to provide an ade
quate scientific basis for the course. These courses are prerequisite for all further
work in astronomy. Three class periods each week, practical work to be arranged.
Mr. van de Kamp.
Spherical astronomy; celestial navigation; the two body problem; energy concepts.
13. I ntroduction to M athematical Astronomy .
14. P roblems of G alactic Structure . Miss Lippincott.
Stellar motions, magnitudes and spectra. Unstable stars. Stellar populations. Star
clusters and associations.
68
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
101. D ouble Stars. Mr. van de Kamp and Miss Lippincott.
The two body problem. Theory and observational technique of visual, spectro
scopic and eclipsing binaries. Special attention is given to the photographic study
of both resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries. The masses of binary com
ponents and of unseen companions.
102. P hotographic A strometry. Mr. van de Kamp and Miss Lippincott.
The long-focus refractor. Photographic technique, measurement and reduction of
photographic plates. Choice of reference stars. Attainable accuracy. Application
to the problems of parallax, proper motion, mass-ratio, and perturbations. Resolved
and unresolved astrometric binaries; orbital analyses.
103. Cosmic M atter, Radiation, and Fields.
Phenomena in the upper atmosphere. Solar terrestrial relationships. Cosmic rays.
Radiation belts. Radio astronomy. Meteors and meteorites. Studies with rockets,
artificial satellites and space probes.
110. Research P ro ject . Staff.
Participation in a research project of Sproul Observatory, related to seminars 101 or
102.
G raduate W o r k
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the Master’s degree (see
page 64), this department offers the possibility for graduate work.
Candidates for the Master’s degree will normally take four honors seminars, selected
from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with the faculty
member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be substituted for
one of the seminars.
Candidates for the Master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge of two
modern languages.
69
Biology
P rofessors : R obert K. Enders, Chairman
N eal A. W eber
V isiting P rofessor : H amid K. Bhatti
A ssociate P rofessors : L aunce J. F lemister
L u zern G. Livingston
N orman A. M ein k o th
A ssistant P rofessors : W illiam C. D enison
K e n n e t h S. Rawson
A lburt M. R osenberg
Through its elementary course, the Department of Biology introduces the student to a
comprehensive view of those principles, problems and phenomena common to all organ
isms, with animals and plants interpreted on a comparative basis. The advanced courses
in the Biological Sciences (except Genetics) deal specifically with plant biology (botany),
or animal biology (zoology) and are listed under these respective headings.
Following the broad review of the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the course
in general biology, advanced work is taken up in two different ways: first, specific aspects
of the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in anatomy and physiology;
second, broader aspects of a specific subject are treated as in entomology, parasitology,
embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy. The structural and functional
consideration is extended to include problems of interdependence of organisms in the
structure and function of plant and animal societies and the influence of physical, chem
ical and biological factors in the survival of those societies.
R equirem ents for M ajors in Course
A student may major in biology, botany, or zoology. Students in course should include
the following supporting subjects in their programs, in addition to the four full courses
in their major subject: chemistry, including one semester in organic chemistry, one course
in physics, one course in mathematics and a modern language (German or Russian pre
ferred) through course 4. These courses are required for majors in botany or zoology,
and should be completed by the end of the junior year. The program for biology majors
may be modified, but any program must be approved in advance by the department.
Biology
1-2. G eneral Biology. Staff.
course
An introduction to the study of living things. A consideration of the properties
of protoplasm and the structure of the cell; a brief survey of living forms, both
plant and animal. The methods by which animals and plants maintain themselves,
grow and reproduce, and a discussion of the mechanism of heredity. Some time
will be devoted to the interrelationships of plants and animals in communities, and
the place of man in the whole structure.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
70
20. Genetics . Mr. Denison.
Spring semester
A study of the fundamental principles of inheritance as they apply to living organ
isms generally. The course includes a detailed consideration of the principles of
Mendelian inheritance, an analysis of the underlying chromosomal mechanisms, the
gene theory, and the relationship of the principles of genetics to evolution, to plant
and animal improvement, and to man.
Three lectures per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library
projects in lieu of formally organized laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
Botany
16. D evelopmental P lant Anatomy . Mr. Livingston. Alternate years, jail semester
The fundamentals of antomy of seed plants approached from a developmental stand
point. The structure and behavior of meristems, problems and processes of differ
entiation, and a detailed analysis of cellular, tissue and organ structure in higher
plants.
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
18. M orphology of Lower P lants. Mr. Denison.
Alternate years, jail semester
A comparative study of the structure, reproduction, life habits and relationships of
the algae, fungi, mosses, and lower vascular plants, emphasizing their use as tools
in investigating fundamental biological phenomena. The laboratory will stress the
culture of living plants. Opportunity will be provided to learn techniques of field
collection, preservation, and identification.
Two lectures and one laboratory or field trip per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
67. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, spring semester
An integrated study of the physiological processes of higher plants, including general
cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action, photosynthesis,
metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology of growth and development, and
related topics.
Two lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
68. Biology of Bacteria . Mr. Livingston.
Alternate years, jail semester
An approach to the study of bacteriology with principal emphasis on the considera
tion of bacteria as organisms, rather than as causative agents of disease, etc. The
morphology, physiology and biochemistry, and classification of bacteria.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
69. T axonomy of Seed P lants . Mr. Denison.
Spring semester
A study of the principal families of seed plants emphasizing those forms occurring
naturally or under cultivation, in the temperate and subtropical portions of eastern
North America. The fundamentals of systematics are discussed but not stressed.
Three lectures, one field trip, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
70. P lant Ecology. Mr. Denison.
Alternate years, jail semester
A study of the plant communities of North America, their relationships with the
environments on which they depend and their influence upon animals, including man.
The major floristic regions of the world are described briefly.
Three lectures, one field trip, and one laboratory per week plus one or more week
end field trips.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
71
H onors W ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the choices of the students and the
convenience of the department.
111. P lant P hysiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a critical
study of original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discussion is
accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
112. P roblems of P lant G row th and D evelopment . Mr. Livingston.
A correlated anatomical and physiological approach to developmental plant anatomy
and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day of labora
tory work each week.
113. G enetics . Staff.
An extension of the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on current
research in the field of inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion is
accompanied by a full day of laboratory work each week.
114. T axonomy and D istribution of F lowering P lants . Mr. Denison.
An extension of the area covered in course 69. Emphasis is placed on the methods
used in recognizing and evaluating taxa. Ordinarily Biology 20 or 113 should
precede this seminar. Seminar discussions and field work, supplemented by labora
tory work.
115. M icrobiology. Mr. Livingston.
An extension of the area covered in Course 68. Particular emphasis is placed on
physiological and biochemical aspects of the subject. Some work on fungi and viruses
is included.
116. M ycology. Mr. Denison.
A study of the morphology of the principal groups of the fungi with emphasis
on their relationships with other living organisms and their use as tools in the
study of fundamental biological processes. The seminar discussion is supplemented
by a full day of laboratory work each week.
Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate A natomy . Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
This course normally follows General Biology. It deals with the comparative and
unique aspects of the anatomy of the integument, skeleton, muscular, digestive,
respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive and nervous systems of the various
vertebrate types. Classification, phylogeny and adaptive radiation are considered
with stress placed on anatomical adaptations to the various habitats. The protochordates, lamprey, dogfish and cat are studied as representative forms in the labora
tory. The course has three lecture and two laboratory meetings per week.
12. V ertebrate P hysiology. Mr. Flemister.
Spring semester
A general consideration of the functional process in animals with emphasis placed
on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects of adaptation of the animal to
environmental stress are treated in such a way as to serve the individual student’s
area of concentration. In preparation the introductory course in Biology is desirable.
Two lectures, one conference and one laboratory period per week.
51. H istology. Mr. Rosenberg.
Fall semester
This course consists of a detailed study of the microscopic structure of vertebrate
tissues, together with the functions of such tissues. In the laboratory the student
examines both prepared and living material, and becomes familiar with the principles
of microtechniques. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: 1*2, 11.
72
52. Embryology. Mr. Enders or Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
A study of development of vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with
an investigation of the events which precede development, an analysis of the de
velopment processes, and a brief survey of the contributions of the field of ex
perimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology of the
frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
53. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
The study of insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Each student will prepare a study collection
from field trips.
54. Biology of P arasitism. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, spring semester
A consideration of parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the
parasitic habit. Surveys are made of parasites in native animals. Classification, life
cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
55. Field Z oology. Mr. Rawson or Mr. Weber.
Spring semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematic, relation
ships to the environment, habits and distribution. Most of the work will be done
on field trips.
56. Invertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
Alternate years, fall semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology, classifi
cation, phylogeny and special problems of the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Occasional field trips.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
57. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister or Mr. Rawson.
Fall semester
A course of lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes from
the standpoint of adaptation of the animal to its environment. These processes in
representative animals are compared in order to follow their elaboration from the
more general to the more specialized.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
58. P hysiological Ecology. Mr. Flemister.
Spring semester
A course of lectures, discussions and experiments concerning the physiological adapta
tions of representative animals to environmental stress. Requirements and availability
of optimum conditions of temperature, oxygen, food-stuffs and the maintenance of
ionic independence are appraised.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology.
59. Cytology. Mr. Rosenberg.
Alternate years, fall semester
A study of the structure and function of cells as units of biological organization,
and relationships within tissues and organs. In the laboratory the student learns
some of the techniques by which information about cells is arrived at, and observes
the characteristics of cells as units, and as parts of organized tissues.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1-2, Biology 11 or 20, Chemistry 1-2.
61. Biology for Seniors. Mr. Enders.
Spring semester
A course, patterned on the seminar plan, designed to broaden and integrate the
student’s knowledge of biology. Each student must present three topics and lead
the discussion. A weekly summary of reading is required.
63,64. Special T opics. Staff.
Full or half course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account of fitness, have arranged
a program of special work in the department.
73
H onors W ork
Honors students majoring in Zoology must take four seminars in the department and
a minor of two seminars in another department within the division. Some freedom is
offered in the selection of the two seminars, or four half courses, which normally would
fulfill a second minor.
Students anticipating an honors program in Zoology must complete in the first two
and a half years the following: Biology 1-2 and Zoology 11, Chemistry 1-2, Mathematics
3-4, and Physics 1-2. In addition, to qualify for minor seminars in the departments
indicated, Chemistry requires Chemistry 28-29, Mathematics and Physics require Mathe
matics 11-12, and Psychology requires Psychology 1, and another half course.
Prerequisites for students in the Honors Program with a minor in Zoology consist of
three half courses in Biology and Zoology (including 1-2). In addition, 104 requires a
full course in Physics and a half course in Organic Chemistry.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
101. Biology of P arasitism. Mr. Meinkoth.
An intensified version of Course 54 with emphasis on individual student projects,
and an acquintance with both the classic problems and the current literature dealing
with the phenomenon of parasitism.
102. Cytology. Mr. Rosenberg.
A study of the structure and function of the cell. Living material will be examined
and the modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. Mr. Weber.
An analysis of reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes individ
ual projects by die students, a study of developmental anatomy of the chick, pig
and frog, and the observation of living material under normal and experimental
conditions.
104. Comparative P hysiology. Mr. Flemister or Mr. Rawson.
An intensive consideration of the physical and chemical phenomena underlying the
function of animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to consider the
progression from more general to the most specialized adjustments, acclimatizations
and adaptations of animals to physical, chemical and biological stresses in the en
vironment. The terminal portion of the laboratory program is devoted to the pursuit
of original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites for this seminar are
courses in Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
Offered in the fall term.
106. Entomology . Mr. Weber.
Following a survey of insects in general, a detailed study of one aspect of the field
will be undertaken. This will involve use of a scientific library and independent
work on one topic.
107. I nvertebrate Z oology. Mr. Meinkoth.
A study of the morphology, taxonomy, natural history, distribution and adaptation
of invertebrate phyla with a special emphasis on evolutionary trends, ecological
relations, and problems peculiar to each group.
108. Sensory P hysiology. Mr. Rawson.
The functional specializations of sense organs for the transfer of information in
biological systems are considered in relation to the adaptations of vertebrate and
invertebrate animals to their environments. Electrophysiological and behavioral
approaches are used in laboratory studies.
110. Special T opics. Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in
the department. Frequently this will include acting as junior assistants in the re
search of staff members.
74
Chemistry
P rofessor : W alter B. K eighton , J r ., Chairm an
A ssociate P rofessors : Edward A. F eh n el
G ilbert P. H aight , J r .
A ssistant P rofessors : P eter T. T hom pson
W illiam J ames Sheppard
I nstructor : R obert E. Leyon
The aim of the Department of Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the funda
mental principles and basic techniques of the science rather than to deal with specialized
branches of the subject.
The various courses and seminar offerings are designed to meet the needs of three
classes of students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, who turn to
chemistry as a scientific study of general educational value. Chemistry 1, 2 offers
training in the scientific approach to problems, experience with the laboratory method
of investigation, and a presentation of some of the major intellectual achievements
of chemistry.
2. Students who seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their study of astronomy,
botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology. These students
should consult with their major department and with the Chemistry department
concerning the chemistry courses most suitable to their needs.
3. Students who consider chemistry their major interest. These students should take
Chemistry 1, 2 and Mathematics 3-4 in their freshman year; Chemistry 28 and 29,
Mathematics 11, 12 and Physics 1, 2 in their sophomore year; Chemistry 26, 27
and Chemistry 61, 62 in their junior year. Some students interested in Chemistry
as a scientific study of general educational value, but with no intention of pursuing
chemistry as a profession, will find these basic courses sufficient for their needs.
These courses—together with two semesters from Chemistry 63, 65, 66 and 69 and
the general college requirements outlined on pages 54 to 57—satisfy the minimum
requirements of the American Chemical Society for professional training in chemistry.
Mathematics 51, 52 and Physics 11, 12 are strongly recommended. Major students
are expected to have a reading knowledge of German before graduation.*
1, 2. I ntroduction to Chemistry . Mr. Haight and Staff.
A study of the central concepts and basic principles of chemistry, including atomic
theory, kinetic-molecular theory, atomic structure, the kinds of chemical change
and die laws governing them. The chemistry of the elements and their compounds
is related to the periodic classification of the elements and to the structure of elements
and molecules. In the laboratory in the first semester a number of quantitative ex
periments are worked, in the second semester the principles of chemical equilibria are
applied to qualitative analysis. No previous training in chemistry is required.
Students who enter college with advanced training in chemistry are encouraged to
take a placement examination during freshman orientation week. If sufficiently well
prepared they may omit all or part of the introductory course. Other students with
demonstrated ability who also show a capacity for independent work may do, in
Chemistry 1, 2, work of a more advanced nature in both lectures and laboratory.
Prerequisite for all other courses in Chemistry.
Two lectures, a recitation, and one laboratory period weekly.
* Students who have completed the foreign language requirement in another language may satisfy
this requirement by taking German 7-8.
75
7-8. Concepts and T heories in P hysical Science . Mr. Rosenberg.
Pull course
The first semester consists in an analysis of motion leading to the Newtonian syn
thesis, the conservation laws of physics, the development of an atomic theory of
matter, the Periodic Table of Elements, and the kinetic theory of gases.
The second semester considers the evolution of modem physics: physical properties
of light, aspects of relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory of light, certain
electrical phenomena, the atomicity of charge, Bohr s model of the atom, radio' activity, fundamental particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear energy, stellar energy.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
26. Q uantitative Analysis I. Mr. Leyon.
P 0 semester
The theory and practice of volumetric and gravimetric analysis, acid-base titrations,
and oxidation-reduction.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
27. Q uantitative A nalysis II. Mr. Leyon.
Spring semester
Spectrophotometry, complexometric titrations, electrochemical analyses, separations.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 26.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
28-29. O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel and Mr. Sheppard.
Pull course
This course is a prerequisite for admission to the Honors Seminar in Organic
Chemistry. The fist semester is devoted largely to a consideration of aliphatic
compounds and the second to aromatic compounds. In addition, some elementary
aspects of the chemistry of alicyclic and heterocyclic compounds, biologically interest
ing materials, dyes and plastics are included. Synthetic methods in organic chemistry
are emphasized.
Two semesters. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
61, 62. T heoretical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton and Mr. Thompson.
The principles of physical chemistry are studied and a number of numerical ex
ercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary
thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical re
actions. In the laboratory the student uses a variety of physical-chemistry apparatus.
Prerequisites: Calculus, and general physics.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
63. Q uantum Chemistry . Mr. Thompson.
Spring semester
An extension of course 61, 62 in breadth and depth. Quantum mechanics is intro
duced and applied to a variety of problems in valence theory and molecular struc
ture determination. Such topics as atomic structure, chemical bonding theory,
molecular spectroscopy, dielectric and magnetic phenomena, molecular symmetry, and
statistical mechanics are considered.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 62.
Three hours of discussion and one laboratory period weekly.
65. Advanced I norganic Chemistry . Mr. Haight.
Spring semester
The periodic classification of elements is studied from the point of view of correla
tion of structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics as atomic
and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls, intermetallic and
interstitial compounds, modern concepts of acids and bases, chemistry of the transition
76
metals and rare earths, solvent systems, inorganic reaction mechanisms, and other
phases of inorganic chemistry.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 61.
Three lectures or conferences and one laboratory period weekly.
66. Q ualitative O rganic Analysis . Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
Classroom and laboratory study of the characterization and systematic identification
of organic compounds. Emphasis is placed on the correlation of structure and
properties of organic molecules and on the theoretical principles underlying various
chemical and physical methods of isolation and identification. A reading knowledge
of German is desirable.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 28-29.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods weekly.
69. Special T opics. Staff.
Fall and spring semester
An elective half-course, which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced students
to undertake original investigations or to make detailed literature studies of selected
topics in the fields of inorganic, organic, analytical, and physical chemistry. The
course is designed to give the student practical experience in the solution of a re
search problem, to develop facility in the use of the chemical literature and in the
interpretation and communication of experimental results, and to stimulate interest
in current developments in chemical research. A thesis is required in lieu of a
final examination. Students who propose to take this course must secure the approval
of the instructor under whose supervision the work is to be done.
One conference and approximately ten hours of laboratory and/or library work
weekly.
H onors W ork
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major will have completed Chemistry
1, 2, 28, 29, Mathematics 3, 4, 11, 12, and Physics 1, 2. The honors program includes
Chemistry 101, 105 in the junior year and Chemistry 106 and 108 in the senior year,
with four other seminars usually in biology, mathematics, or physics.
101. T heoretical Chemistry . Mr. Keighton and Mr. Thompson.
Fall semester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermodynamics,
chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics of chemical reactions.
Prerequisites: Calculus and general physics.
One four-hour seminar and one seven-hour laboratory period weekly for one semester.
Mr. Leyon.
Spring semester
Essentially the content of courses 26 and 27, designed to prepare honors candidates
for an honors examination.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 and 101.
One seminar and twelve hours of laboratory work weekly.
105. Q uantitative Analysis .
106. Advanced O rganic Chemistry . Mr. Fehnel.
Fall semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance and molecular orbital theory,
reaction mechanisms, molecular rearrangements, stereochemistry, free radicals, and
other topics of current interest. The laboratory periods are devoted to qualitative
organic analysis and to library and problem work in connection with the isolation,
characterization, and identification or organic compounds. A familiarity with phys
ical chemistry and a reading knowledge of German are desirable.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 28-29 and senior standing.
One seminar and seven hours of laboratory weekly.
77
108. V alence and M olecular Structure . Mr. Thompson and Mr. Haight.
Spring semester
Topics such as the periodic table and atomic structure, types and properties of bonds,
the chemistry of transition metals, coordination compounds, acid-base and oxidationreduction mechanisms, etc., are studied. Quantum theory is developed and applied
throughout to these topics and the use of dielectric and magnetic phenomena, spec
troscopy, and molecular symmetry in determining structure is discussed. Laboratory:
study of reaction kinetics and equilibria in inorganic systems.
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry 62 or 101.
One seminar and six hours of laboratory weekly.
78
Classics
P rofessors : Susan P. Cobbs
H e len F. N orth , Chairman
A ssociate P rofessor : M artin O stwald
L ecturers : V irginia B. J ameson
D orothy K oonce
The Department of Classics offers courses in the Greek and Latin languages and liter
atures, numbered from 1 to 20. Another group of courses, numbered from 31 onwards,
deals with the history of the Greeks and Romans and with various aspects of their
culture. These courses presuppose no knowledge of the Greek or Latin languages and
are open without prerequisite to all students.
R equirem ents and R ecommendations for M ajors
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or in honors work.
Major students in course are normally required to complete during the first two years
either Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Literature (course
11-12). Both of these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars for a major student
and one of them for honors seminars for a minor student.
Students reading for Honors in Greek may offer Latin as one of their minors, and
vice versa. Students majoring in Greek may substitute a Latin seminar for one of their
seminars in Greek, and vice versa. In addition, majors in both Honors and course are
strongly advised to take for at least one semester a course in prose composition (Greek 9,
10 or Latin 9, 10).
Greek
1-2. E lementary G reek . Mr. Ostwald.
Wutt course
The essentials of Greek grammar are covered and selections from masterpieces of
Greek literature are read.
Each semester
A non-credit course, meeting one hour a week. This course is recommended in
conjunction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student
with grammatical and stylistic exercise.
9,10. G reek P rose C om position . Staff.
11,12. I ntermediate G reek . Miss North.
Plato’s Apology, a play of Euripides, and selections from Homer are read.
13,14. G reek P rose A uthors . Mrs. Koonce.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the
class. These readings are supplemented by a survey of the history of Greek Litera
ture. Credit is given for each semester.
15,16. G reek P oets. Miss North, Mr. Ostwald.
The works read are determined by the interests and needs of the members of the
class. Credit is given for each semester. The course is offered only when required.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for their com
prehensive examinations. No course credit is given.
79
Latin
1-2. E lementary Latin . Miss Cobbs.
Full course
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in college or who are not pre
pared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent of two
years' work in secondary school. The course is offered only when required.
3, 4. I ntermediate Latin . Mrs. Jameson.
The first semester includes a thorough review of the principles of Latin grammar
through an intensive study of Cicero’s De Senectute and practice in Latin prose
composition. Virgil’s Aeneid is studied in the second semester. Credit is given
for each semester.
9 , 10. Latin P rose Com position . Staff.
Each semester
A non-credit course, meeting one hour a week. This course is recommended in con
junction with courses at the intermediate level or above, to provide the student with
grammatical and stylistic exercise.
11,12. I ntroduction to Latin Literature . Miss Cobbs.
The course aims to give some conception of the scope and characteristic qualities of
Latin literature. The reading includes a comedy and the Cena Trimdlchionis from
Petronius’ Satyricon in the first semester and the Odes of Horace in the second.
Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students who have had four years
of preparatory Latin or who have completed Intermediate Latin.
13. Catullus and Elegy. Mrs. Jameson.
A study of the poems of Catullus and the elegiac poets.
Fall semester
14. M ediaeval Latin . Mrs. Jameson.
Spring semester
The works studied in this course are chosen from the principal types of mediaeval
Latin literature (including religious and secular poetry, history and chronicles, saints’
lives, satire, philosophy, and romance). Some attention is paid to their origins in
late antiquity and their influence on the early Renaissance.
20. Special T opics. Staff.
Readings selected to fit the needs of individual seniors in preparation for their com
prehensive examinations. No course credit is given.
Ancient History and Civilization
31. H istory of G reece . Mr. Ostwald.
Fall semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of the Greek
states to the time of the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a brief
survey of the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced. Special
attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading is done
in the primary sources in translation.
32. H istory of R ome . Mr. Ostwald.
Spring semester
The course is devoted to the study of the political and social history of Rome to the
time of Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century of the Republic
and the first century of the Empire. Considerable reading is done in the primary
sources in translation.
Miss North.
Fall semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad, Hesiod’s Theogony and Works and
Days, much of Greek tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric
and elegiac poets, and the pre-Socratic philosophers, and several dialogues of Plato.
33. G reek Literature in T ranslation .
80
34. Latin Literature
in
T ranslation —C lassical and M ediaeval. Miss North.
Spring semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age of the Roman Republic
to the twelfth century after Christ. They include, from the classical period, such
major authors as Cicero, Lucretius, Virgil, Livy, Ovid, and Seneca; from the Latin
Fathers, St. Jerome and St. Augustine; and from the Middle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief figures of the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers of
Mediaeval Latin hymns and secular poetry. The course is given in alternate years.
Spring semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that have
served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present. Plays,
both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths are read, and a study
is made of the manner in which the themes have been handled in painting and
sculpture of various periods. Special attention is given to the use made of stories
from mythology by recent writers. The course is normally given in alternate years.
36. Classical M ythology in Literature and Art . Miss N orth.
H o n o rs Sem in ars
102. Roman H istorians. Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar combines a survey of Latin historical writing to the end of the Silver
Age with intensive study of selected books of Livy and Tacitus. The seminar is
given in the spring semester.
103. Latest E pic . Miss North.
This seminar traces the development of Roman epic poetry, with particular emphasis
on the De Rerum Natura of Lucretius and the Aeneid of Virgil. Some attention is
also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the Annales of Ennius, and to the
later epic, typified by Lucan's Pharsalia. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
104. Latin Comedy and Satire. Mr. Ostwald.
Representative comedies of Plautus and Terence are read, and a study of the Satires
and Epistles of Horace and the Satires of Juvenal is supplemented by a general survey
of the development of Roman satire. The seminar is given in the spring semester.
107. Roman Rhetoric and O ratory. Miss North.
This seminar combines the study of Greek and Roman rhetorical theory and literary
criticism with the reading of representative speeches of Cicero. It also considers
the influence of rhetorical education on Latin literature, particularly that of the
Empire. The seminar is given in the fall semester.
111. Greek P hilosophers . Mr. Ostwald.
This seminar is primarily devoted to the study of Plato, which is supplemented by
study of the pre-Socratic philosophers and of Aristotle and the Hellenistic schools.
The seminar is given in the fall semester.
112. G reek E pic . Miss North.
The study of Homer's Odyssey constitutes the chief work of this seminar. Some at
tention is also paid to Hesiod's Theogony and to the Argonautica of Apollonius of
Rhodes. The seminar is given in the spring semester.
Mr. Ostwald.
The greater part of the work of this seminary is devoted to Herodotus and Thucy
dides, but portions of Xenophon's Hellenica and of Polybius are also studied. The
seminar is given in the fall semester.
113. G reek H istorians.
114. G reek D rama. Miss North.
The whole body of extant Greek tragedies and comedies is studied, with a careful
reading in the original language of one play by each of the major dramatists. The
seminar is given in the spring semester.
81
Economics
P ro fesso rs : J o s e p h W . C o n a rd
E dward K . C ratsley
F r a n k C. P ier so n
C lair W ilc o x , Chairman
V isitin g P r o fesso r : N o r m a n Su n
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : W illia m H . B r o w n , J r 4
W illis D. W ea th erfo rd
I n s t r u c t o r : C h arles J. Sieg m a n
The courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the institu
tions and processes through which the business of producing, exchanging, and distributing
goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him in the methods by
which these institutions and processes may be analyzed; and third, to enable him to
arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues of public policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3 and 4.
Students intending to major in economics are advised to take Political Science 1-2 and
courses in accounting, statistics or mathematics. Majors in course are required to take
courses 50 and 51 in the junior year. Majors in honors are advised to take seminars
103 and either 101 or 102.
Messrs. Conard, Pierson, Siegman, Sun, Weather
ford, and Wilcox.
Full course
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey
and to provide students doing further work with a foundation on which to build.
It describes the organization of the economic system and analyzes the allocation of
resources, the distribution of income, the maintenance of economic stability, and
international economic relations.
1-2. I ntroduction to Economics .
3. A ccounting . Mr. Cratsley.
Fall semester
The purpose of this course is to equip the student with the rudiments of accounting
that he will need to employ in his advanced work in business finance, banking,
taxation, and public regulation.
4. Statistics.
Spring semester
The purpose of this course is to make the student a critical user of statistics. Topics
covered include frequency distributions, sampling, index numbers, and economic
time series.
11. Economic D evelopment . Mr. Wilcox.
Spring semester
Requisites for the economic development of underdeveloped countries. Obstacles to
development. Strategy and tactics of development. Aid for development.
50. E conomic T heory . Mr. Siegman.
Spring semester
Determination of prices in theory and in practice. Distribution of income. Determ
ination of the level of income and employment.
t Absent on leave, 1962-63.
82
51. M oney and Banking . Mr. Siegman.
Fall semester
Organization and operation of commercial banking in the United States. Central
banking; the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy.
52. P ublic F inance . Mr. Wilcox.
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state, and local governments.
taxation. Borrowing and debt management. Fiscal policy.
Fall semester
Principles of
53. Business Administration . Mr. Cratsley.
Spring semester
Problems confronting the business executive: organization, management, marketing,
merchandising, risk and insurance. Case studies of business policy.
54. Business F inance . Mr. Brown.
Corporate finance, investment banking, and the securities markets.
Not offered in 1962-63.
Fall semester
55. Labor P roblems. Mr. Pierson.
Fall semester
The structure and functions of labor unions. Employer approaches to labor rela
tions. Analysis of wage policies. Governmental control of labor relations.
56. Social E conomics. Mr. Weatherford.
Spring semester
The extent, consequences, and causes of poverty, inequality, and insecurity. An ap
praisal of reforms: social insurance, medical care, public housing, rural develop
ment.
Not offered in 1962-63.
57-58. P ublic Control of Business. Mr. Wilcox.
Fall semester
Maintenance of competition in American industry; moderation of competition in
agriculture, extractive industries, and distributive trades. Regulation of public utilities,
transport, and communications. Public ownership and operation of industry.
Not offered in 1962-63.
59. Business Cycles. Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
Analysis of business fluctuations and long-term economic change. Public policies
for stabilization and growth.
60. I nternational Economics. Mr. Sun.
Fall semester
Theory and practice of international trade. Balance of payments, foreign exchange,
national commercial policies, international investment, and foreign aid.
61. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Weatherford.
Fall semester
A comparative study of the economic systems of the Soviet Union, China, India, the
United Kingdom, and the United States.
Not offered in 1962-63.
H onors W ork
101. Finance . Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Revenues and expenditures of Federal, state and local governments. The principles
of taxation. Problems of the Federal debt. Corporation finance, investment bank
ing, and the securities markets. Public regulation of financial practices.
Not offered in 1962-63.
102. Economic Stability and G row th . Mr. Pierson.
Spring semester
The theory of cyclical fluctuations and secular growth. Money and banking. Mone
tary and fiscal policy. Collective bargaining, wage-price pressures and the control of
inflation.
83
103. E conomic T heory . Mr. Conard.
Both semesters
Contemporary theory: price determination, the functional distribution of income,
the level of employment. Evaluation of theory in the light of simplifying assump
tions and empirical evidence. The relevance of theory to socio-economic problems.
104. P ublic Control o f Business. Mr. Wilcox.
Fall semester
The maintenance of competition in American industry. The moderation of competi
tion in agriculture, the extractive industries, and the distributive trades. The regula
tion of public utilities, transport, and communications. Public ownership and
operation of industry.
105. I nternational Economics. Messrs. Siegman and Wilcox.
Both semesters
Theory and practice in international economic relations. The pure theory of inter
national trade. The balance of payments and the mechanism of international ex
change. Restrictionism and discrimination. Regionalism. Relations with controlled
economies. International investment and foreign aid.
106. Comparative Economic Systems. Mr. Weatherford.
Fall semester
Economic organization, resource allocation, and growth in an advanced planned
economy: the USSR. Economic development in a backward planned economy:
China. Economic development in a backward mixed economy: India. An ad
vanced socialist-welfare economy: the United Kingdom. The changing economy
of the United States.
107. Labor and Social Economics. Messrs. Pierson and Weatherford. Spring semester
The organization of labor. Analysis of wage policies. Government control of
labor relations. Poverty, inequality, and insecurity. Social insurance, medical care,
public housing, and rural development.
108. M athematical Economics. Mr. Brown.
Spring semester
Econometrics, linear programming, input-output analysis, and other applications of
mathematics.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 12 and Economics 103.
To be offered in 1963-64.
84
D ivision of Engineering
Sam uel T. Carpenter , Chairman
(The staff members of the Division of Engineering
are listed under their respective departments)
The professional practice of engineering requires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and methods to the solution of problems of ever growing technical
complexity. The successful engineer will, in addition, possess an understanding of the
socio-economic forces which bear upon his work, an appreciation of the cultural and
humanistic aspects of the society in which he lives, and a sound working knowledge of
human relations. Our program meets these objectives by providing the student with
technical knowledge in a setting of scientific rigor, together with the foundation of a
liberal education. The student is educated in the professional disciplines of the engineer
such as critical analysis, and in humanistic studies and the communication of ideas, as
well as training in the natural and engineering sciences.
Three educational plans are open to engineering students at Swarthmore.
(1) The Course program with a major in Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering.
(2) The Honors program in Engineering Sciences.
(3) A special sequence to meet unusual needs or interests of certain students:
(a) a five-year program leading to both a B.S. and a B.A. degree, or
(b) a four-year program integrating engineering with other areas of study.
A candidate for a degree in Engineering must meet the general requirements of the
College as specified for the Division of Engineering (pp. 53-55) and the requirements
of the particular department or program in which he is a major. Thus curricular plans
for the first two years must take two objectives into consideration: (1) the basic engi
neering science courses must provide a foundation and meet the prerequisite requirements
for advanced work at the upper-class level, and (2) the general College requirements
should be essentially fulfilled prior to junior standing. Experience has shown that the
suggested "Basic Engineering Curriculum of the First Two Years” (page 86) will meet
the needs of the usual engineering student in any one of the three plans and will clear the
way for the advanced work of the junior and senior years. Modifications of the basic
program, as well as those of the major departments, are possible in individual cases but
such changes must be justified and approved by the student’s course adviser. At the end
of the sophomore year, the student will enter the Course program in a major field of
Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering, or he may apply for Honors.
(1) The Course Program
This program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil, Electrical, or
Mechanical Engineering; these curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for
Professional Development. Over the four years, the student will take about one-quarter
of his work in the Divisions of the Humanities and Social Sciences, one-quarter in the
Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the remainder in the three
Departments of Engineering. All students devote their last two years: (1) to certain
basic courses required of all engineers; (2) to fulfilling the major requirements of one
of the departments of Engineering; (3) to developing their special interests. After com
pleting the basic program of the first two years, the student follows the curriculum outlined
on the following pages under the particular department in which he is a major.
85
(2) The Honors Program in Engineering Sciences
The Division of Engineering offers an Honors program in Engineering Sciences in
addition to the above programs in Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. A
general statement describing Honors work at Swarthmore may be found on page 55.
The program is open, by application, to qualified students upon completion of the
sophomore year. Successful participants will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science
with Honors, High Honors, or Highest Honors in Engineering Sciences. Details of
the program are given on page 87 following.
(3) Special Programs
There is growing recognition of the value of an engineering training fortified by a
strong background of work in the • humanities and social sciences or in the natural
sciences. It is possible, with early planning of a five-year program, for a student to
obtain both an engineering degree and a Bachelor of Arts degree in another field of
interest. It is also possible to effect a four-year engineering plan with a minor in another
field.
These special curricula are tailored to individual cases; in any event, planning early
in the freshman year is essential. Requests for additional information should be directed
to the Chairman of the Engineering Division.
B a s ic E n g i n e e r i n g C u r r i c u l u m
of the
First Semester
F ir s t T
w o
Y
ears
Second Semester
Freshman Year
Mathematics 4 (or 6)
Physics
Chemistry
Engineering Measurements
Elective
Mathematics 3 (or 5)
Physics
Chemistry***
Engineering Graphics
Elective
Sophomore Year
Mathematics 12 (or 16)
Mechanics II
Electrical Engineering Science
Elective
Elective
Mathematics 11 (or 15)
Mechanics I
Engineering Properties of Matter
Elective
Elective
G
eneral
Courses *
GEl. Engineering G raphics. Staff.
Fall semester
Descriptive geometry with emphasis on spatial visualization and the solution of
engineering problems by graphical methods. Engineering drawing with emphasis
on methods for describing the shape of an object by the use of projections and of
freehand sketches.
Two class periods and two three-hour drawing room periods per week.
G E ll. Engineering Properties of M atter. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Fall semester
Study of the structure of matter on an atomic and microscopic level and the relation
of structure to engineering properties and bulk characteristics. Metals, ceramics and
organic materials are examined with emphasis upon those properties common to
each group rather than upon particular materials. The laboratory period includes
standard testing techniques, operation and function of shop processes and machine
tools in materials processing, and individual research. Laboratory period each week.
* Except as noted, the following courses are open to all students in the College.
** Chemistry may be deferred until the sophomore year.
86
GE12. Engineering M easurements. Staff.
Spring semester
A study of the basic procedures and mathematical principles required in making,
interpreting and using measurements for engineering purposes, including linear and
angular measurements, leveling, traversing, and triangulation, as well as the measure
ment of thermodynamic, fluid and electrical quantities.
Three recitations and one three-hour laboratory each week.
GE57. Engineering Economy
and
O perations Research.
Mr. Carpenter.
Spring semester
The principles of engineering economy and operations research as applied to
defining optimal economic solutions of industrial problems. Annual cost methods,
present worth, discounted costs, inventory control, probability principles with
random number solutions, queuing theory, linear programming, scheduling, trans
portation and allocation theory.
Open to all juniors and seniors.
Three class periods each week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
H onors P rogram in Engineering Sciences
The program has been established to meet the new and challenging demands placed
upon the engineering profession by the rapid advances in science. The eight seminars
in which the student participates cover a wide range of fundamental knowledge in the
fields of mathematics, modern physics, and engineering sciences. The program is character
ized by its orientation to basic scientific and mathematical principles in lieu of specialized
subject matter. The program is unique and suited for those planning a future career in
professional engineering, research and development, or college teaching.
Two seminars are normally taken each semester of the junior and senior year, for a
total of eight. The final evaluation of the students in the program occurs at the end of
the senior year by means of eight examinations, one for each seminar, given by outside
examiners.
Students applying for the Honors program are required to submit their proposed
seminar programs to the Division of Engineering, accompanied by a letter setting forth
their defense of the program. The proposed program must include seminars in Mathe
matics, Physics, and the Engineering Sciences. The Mathematics and Physics seminars
are described in the departmental listings and the Engineering Science seminars are
described in the following section. It is advisable for students interested in this program
to consult with the Chairman of the Division of Engineering.
All Engineering Science seminars include from one-half to a full day of laboratory
each week.
Engineering Science Seminars
ESlOl. M echanics of Solids.
Mechanics and analysis of deformable bodies treating elastic and plastic stresses
and strains due to general and specific force systems. General equations of equi
librium and compatibility. Failure theories, stability. Experimental analysis based
on strains, photoelasticity, and membrane analogy. Elementary vibrations. Lagrange
and Hamilton equations.
Prerequisite: Mechanics I and II; Mathematics 11, 12, or equivalent.
ES102. E lectrodynamics.
Electromagnetic field theory and linear circuit theory. Static and dynamic field
theory through Maxwell’s Equations, using the applicable vector analysis. Electro
magnetic fields in magnetic and dielectric materials; electromagnetic energy and
forces. The circuit theory includes transient and steady state analysis of linear net
works. The relation of circuit behavior to pole and zero locations in the s-plane is
emphasized.
87
ES103. T hermodynamics.
Fundamental concepts, properties of substances, equations of state, first and second
laws of thermodynamics and their applications, entropy, gas and vapor cycles, Max
well equations, heat transfer.
ESI04. F luid M echanics.
Fluid statics and dynamics, continuity, dimensional analysis, incompressible flow,
generalized equations of motion, Navier-Stokes equation, boundary layer theory,
convective heat transfer, mass transfer, compressibility phenomena.
ES105. Linear Systems.
Analysis and synthesis of electrical and electromechanical linear systems such as
electric networks and servomechanisms. The following analytical methods are
emphasized: differential equations, the Laplace transformation, Fourier methods,
poles and zeroes, superposition integral, complex loci, analog simulation, transforms.
Prerequisite ES102—Electrodynamics.
ES106. Structural M echanics .
Theory, analysis, and design of structural systems. Basic theory of determinate
and indeterminate structures, fundamentals of theoretical applied mechanics, in
cluding beams on elastic foundation, stability, plates and shells, with applicable
vector and tensor approaches, and series solution. Ground motion and structural
dynamics. Model analysis. Matrix methods.
Prerequisite: ES101—Mechanics of Solids.
ES107. M echanical D esign.
Analysis and synthesis of the elements of a machine. Vibrational study of both
lumped and distributed mass systems. Dynamic systems are studied from a New
tonian and Lagrangian point of view.
ES108. E arth Science .
Principles of soil mechanics, hydrology, hydraulics, sedimentation, ground water
flow and clay mineralogy, using the basic concepts of physical geology as a uni
fying framework. Theory of consolidation of soils, stresses in earth masses, La
place equation of seepage, precipitation runoff relationships, are introduced for the
analysis of engineering problems.
ES109. T hesis . Elective, upon approval of the Engineering Division of an acceptable
field of original investigation.
ESI l i . Circuit T heory .
Theory of linear time invariant electric circuits with brief extensions to nonlinear
networks and methods of synthesis. Network topology and equilibrium equations.
Pole-zero concepts, transient and steady state response, impedance, resonance and the
complex s-plane. Superposition techniques, signal flow graphs, one- and two-port
networks, filter theory and power networks. Analytic properties of network func
tions. Treatment of electromechanical energy transfer of devices having linear net
work equivalents.
Offered in combination with ESI 12 Electromagnetic Theory, when demand so war
rants, as an expanded version of ES102 Electrodynamics.
ESI 12. E lectromagnetic T heory .
Development and application of Maxwell’s equations. Fields in bounded space and
in dielectric, magnetic and conducting materials. Wave propagation and reflection.
Radiation. Electromagnetic energy storage and electromechanical energy conversion.
Offered in combination with ESI 11 Circuit Theory, when demand so warrants, as
an expanded version of ES102 Electrodynamics.
EE102. E lectronics.
(See Department of Electrical Engineering.)
88
C ivil Engineering
P rofessor : Sam uel T. Carpenter , Chairman
A ssociate P rofessor : M. J oseph W illis J
A ssistant P rofessors : Clark P. M angelsdorf
A rchie M. Richardson , J r .
L ecturer : Ranald V. G iles
The work of the Civil Engineer involves design, research, management, and construc
tion, in the following fields: buildings, bridges, aircraft, soils and foundations, hydraulics
and hydroelectric power, city and regional planning, sanitation and public health, high
ways, airports, railways, and other projects of a public or private nature, with their
economic justification. The basic curriculum also provides a foundation for those
interested in aeronautical structures, architectural engineering, naval architecture, en
gineering mechanics, industrial management and sales.
Emphasis is placed on the broad scientific and humanistic education required for an
understanding of fundamental principles, based on the conviction that those possessing
such a background will contribute most to the future progress of the profession.
Students electing the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences may prepare for graduate
work in Civil Engineering by electing ES106 Structural Mechanics and ES108 Earth
Science.
Standard P rogram for Course Students
Spring Semester
Fall Semester
CE51 Mechanics III
EE63 Electronic Circuits
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis
Junior Year
CE52 Structural Theory
CE54 Soil Mechanics and Foundations
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ELIO Writing and Speaking
Senior Year
CE58
CE53 Structural Mechanics
CE56
CE55 Civil Engineering Design I
GE57
CE57 Hydraulic & Sanitary Engineering
Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
(or Elective)
Special Topics
Civil Engineering Design II
Engineering Economy and Opera
tions Research
Elective
CEll M e c h a n ic s I. Mr. Carpenter
Fall semester
Concept and definition of force, scalar, and vector quantities, combination and
resolution of forces; principle of moments and couples; graphical and analytical
conditions for equilibrium; stress diagrams, cables; centroids of areas, volumes,
and masses; area and volume theorems. Open to students who have taken Mathe
matics 3-4, or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE12 M e c h a n ic s II. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Spring semester
Principles of dynamics, motion of a particle, Newton’s laws, general equation of
motion, rectilinear motion, displacement, velocity, speed, and acceleration; simple
harmonic motion, free and forced vibration; inertia forces, work and energy, mo
mentum and impulse; curvilinear motion; kinetic energy of rotation; relative
motion, angular momentum; combined translation and rotation.
Prerequisite: C E ll and Mathematics 11, or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour
laboratory per week.)
XAbsent on leave, 1962*63.
89
CE51 M echanics III. Mr. Richardson.
Fall semester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes of form which always occur
when forces act upon solid bodies. The mechanics involved in the design of
simple engineering structures is presented so that the student may realize the
problems which must be solved in order to secure the required strength and stiffness
in such structures. The laboratory work of this course is planned to clarify the
theoretical considerations of beams, columns, combined stress, torsion and methods
of strain measurement.
Prerequisite: C E ll Mechanics I, and Mathematics 12, or equivalent. (3 recitations
and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE52 Structural T heory . Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Spring semester
Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structures. A study of stresses in truss
and rigid frame systems, influence lines.
Prerequisite: CE51 Mechanics of Materials. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE53 Structural M echanics . Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Mangelsdorf.
Fall semester
A study of indeterminate structural systems and advanced structural theory. Struc
tural models.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per
week.)
CE54 Soil M echanics and F oundations . Mr. Richardson.
Spring semester
The properties of soils, including the fundamentals of the structure of clays, flow
through porous media, consolidation, compaction and shear strength. These funda
mentals, combined with engineering geology and the principles of mechanics are
applied to slope stability, settlement analysis, foundation design and analysis of
loads on retaining walls and bulkheads.
Prerequisite: CE51 or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE55 Civil E ngineering D esign—I. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Richardson.
Fall semester
An introduction to the design of structures. Fundamental stress analysis, consider
ations of structural members and connections for metallic, concrete, and timber
structures, including buildings, bridges, and aircraft.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory or equivalent. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour
laboratory per week.)
CE56 Civil Engineering D esign—II. Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Richardson. Spring semester
A continuation of Civil Engineering Design I. Planning, analysis, and design of
engineering structures and foundations. Additional topics in concrete with ordinary
and pre-stressed reinforcement. Ultimate design theory.
Prerequisite: CE55 Civil Engineering Design—I. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour
laboratory each week.)
CE57 H ydraulic and Sanitary Engineering . Staff.
Fall semester
An introduction to the fundamentals of hydrology, including precipitation—run
off relationships, ground water flow, the routing and hydraulics of surface flow
through channels and reservoirs. Fundamentals are related to Civil Engineering
activities, especially river basin development, water supply, and drainage. An
introduction to the principles of water and sewage treatment is included.
Prerequisite: ME54, Fluid Mechanics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE58 Special T opics. Staff.
Required course with subject matter dependent on a
laboratory period is devoted to the principles and
measurements through a study of photogrammetry,
earth work, celestial observations, field layout, and
to the professional civil engineer.
CE69 Civil E ngineering T hesis.
Staff.
90
group need or interest. The
practice of civil engineering
map projections, curves and
related topics of importance
Electrical Engineering
P r o f e s s o r s : H o w a r d M. J e n k in s , Chairman
J o h n D . M cCrumm
A sso c ia t e P r o f e s s o r : C a r l B a r u s
A s sist a n t P r o f e s s o r : D avid L. B o w l e r *
Electrical Engineering deals with the development and application of precise notions
of electricity and allied physical sciences in the broad fields of conversion, transmission,
control, and utilization of electrical energy for the purposes of transmitting power and
communicating intelligence.
The courses in Electrical Engineering are each a series of inquiries dealing with the
fundamental concepts of electrical phenomena and are designed to inculcate in the student
confidence in analytical methods and competence to apply basic principles to new
engineering situations. The students are encouraged to examine problems critically and
to make such simplifying assumptions as are appropriate without destroying the significance
of the results. The importance of the presentation of work is also stressed, a student being
required to gain some proficiency in communicating the results of his work clearly, com
pletely and in a well-organized form.
Students applying for a major in Electrical Engineering will normally have followed
the basic engineering program outlined on page 86 during their first two years. Satis
factory completion of this program will fulfill the curricular prerequisites of the Depart
ment. In special cases, the Department will consider applications from students who
have pursued a different program but who will have completed at least the following
courses or their equivalents: Math 3, 4 and 11, 12; Physics 1, 2; Chemistry 1, 2;
CEll, 12 or Physics 11, 12; and EE12. Majors must maintain a "C” average or better in
the required electrical courses.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m f o r C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Fall Semester
EE53 Circuit Theory I
EE55 Engineering Analysis
EE59 Electronics
ME51 General Thermodynamics
Spring Semester
Junior Year
EE 54
EE56
EE60
ELIO
Senior Year
EE57 Electrical Machinery I
EE58
EE61 Waves and Transmission Lines
Ph51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Elective
Circuit Theory II
Field Theory
Electronics
Writing and Speaking
Electrical Machinery II
Electrical Engineering Elective
Technical Elective
Non-technical Elective
EE12 E lectrical Engineering Science .
Spring semester
The experimental and theoretical basis of electricity and magnetism; elementary
electrostatics and magnetostatics; foundations of circuit theory, principles of energy
conversion, and transient analysis of linear networks.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and 2, and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral
Calculus.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
91
EE53 Circuit T heory I.
Fall semester
Transient and steady-state analysis of electric circuits. Treatment is based on the
differential equations of the circuit and the circuit impedance as a function of the
complex frequency variable.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and 2 and preferably EE12 Electrical Engineering Science.
EE54 Circuit T heory II.
Spring semester
Further study of electric networks, using the Laplace transformation and other
mathematical methods. Synthesis of impedances containing two element-types is
included. Conventional filter theory.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or
equivalents.
EE55 Engineering Analysis.
Fall semester
Formulation and application of the method of engineering analysis based upon
fundamental physical laws, mathematics, and practical engineering considerations.
Emphasis is placed on the professional approach to the analysis of bona fide
engineering problems. A study is made of the common physical and mathe
matical aspects shared by different systems such as mechanical, thermal, and
electrical. The theory and application of ordinary differential equations is sys
tematically covered. The Laplace transformation is developed and applied. Partial
differential equations and Fourier methods are introduced.
Three class periods per week; one computation period each week.
Prerequisites: EE12 Electrical Engineering Science, and Integral Calculus.
EE56 F ield T heory .
Spring semester
An analytical study of electromagnetism. Maxwell’s equations are developed and
applied, with greatest attention given to the static and quasi-static cases. Con
siderable emphasis is given to the following topics: solutions of Laplace’s equation,
fields in dielectric and magnetic materials, energy and forces, and the relationship
of field theory to circuit theory.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE53 Circuit Theory I, and EE55 Engineering Analysis, or
equivalent.
EE57 Electrical M achinery I.
Fall semester
Physical aspects of electromechanical energy conversions; conversions and principles
of such conversions; basic concepts of machine performance and the analysis of
rotating electrical machinery and transformers; D-C machines, analysis of per
formance and applications.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I.
EE58 E lectrical M achinery II.
Spring semester
Synchronous machines, performance, effects of saturation and saliency; polyphase
induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control devices; selfsynchronous machines; electrical transients and the dynamics of coupled systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE57 Electrical Machinery I.
EE59-60 E lectronics.
Full course
Electronic circuit analysis and signal theory. Transistors, vacuum tubes, and other
devices are treated by the use of linear and piecewise-linear models and by
graphical analysis. Transient and steady-state circuit theory, normally studied con-
92
currently, is extensively applied. Topics in signal theory include Fourier transform
analysis, noise, modulation, sampling, and information theory.
Credit for the first semester alone will be given by special arrangement.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE53 Circuit Theory I, preceding or concurrent.
EE61 W aves and T ransmission Lines .
Fall semester
Application of Maxwell’s equations to electromagnetic wave problems. Transmission
lines are treated from both field and circuit viewpoints. Other topics include wave
propagation and reflection, waves in lossy media, wave guides, cavity resonators,
antennas and radiation.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE56 Field Theory.
Spring semester
A study of the physical principles underlying the operation of electronic devices.
The basic material covered includes: motion of charged particles in electric and
magnetic fields, emission, space-charge-limited vacuum tube conduction, semicon
ductor junctions and transistors, gaseous conduction. If time and interest permit,
additional topics such as dielectric and magnetic materials and photoelectric phe
nomena will be included.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Physics 51 Atomic and Nuclear Physics.
EE62 P hysical E lectronics.
Fall semester
Further study of electrical engineering subjects, primarily for non-electrical engineer
ing students. Conventional analysis of single phase a-c circuits and a study of the
fundamentals of electronic circuits will lead to consideration of the problems of pro
cessing signals from transducers such as strain gages, magnetic pickups, etc. The
use of the analog computer will be covered in the laboratory work.
This course meets the requirements for entrance into EE64 Automatic Control.
Three class periods and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: EE12 Electrical Engineering Science.
EE63 Electronic Circuits.
EE64 A utomatic Control .
Spring semester
An introduction to automatic control systems using Laplace transform techniques.
System design is studied by means of the Nyquist diagram, frequency response
methods, and the root locus method. Other topics include compensation networks,
multiple input systems, systems optimization, etc. Applications are made to space
vehicle guidance, process control and, in general, to systems requiring control of
position, torque, temperature, etc.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Open to senior Electrical or Mechanical Engineering majors, or others with equiva
lent background.
EE71 Electrical Engineering T hesis .
An engineering thesis may be substituted for a course by special arrangement with
the staff.
H o n o rs S e m in a r
EE102. E lectronics.
A study of electronic devices and circuits. Subject matter includes physical theory
of electron tubes, semiconductor devices, and other electronic circuit elements;
design of electronic circuits applicable to communications, instrumentation, infor
mation processing systems, etc.; transient and steady-state analysis of electronic
circuits and systems; introductory topics in the theory of communication and in
formation. The seminar is accompanied by a full-day laboratory.
Prerequisite: ES 102 or Physics 102.
93
M echanical Engineering
P r o f e s s o r : B e r n a r d M o r r il l , Chairman
A sso c ia te P r o f e s s o r : P h i l i p C . P ra g er
In st r u c t o r : J o h n K . H aw ley
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is planned to develop the student through
scientific training for positions in manufacturing industries, with organizations engaged
in power production, and in the field of transportation. Based upon the fundamental
sciences of physics, chemistry, and mathematics, the program aims to provide a background
for the solution of the variety of problems related to the design, construction and oper
ation of engineering equipment used in industrial establishments. The arrangement of
courses is intended also to prepare mechanical engineers for such activities as those which
deal with fabrication of products and the eventual assumption of managerial responsi
bilities, as well as research and development work leading to new products.
Coincident with the need for a broad and fundamental technical training, all of the
engineering profession should be conscious of the impact upon society resulting from
their efforts. To stimulate this awareness, students are encouraged to choose electives
in the Humanities and Social Sciences throughout their undergraduate careers.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m f o r C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Tall Semester
Spring Semester
Junior Year
CE51 Mechanics III
ME51 General Thermodynamics
EE55 Engineering Analysis
Non-technical Elective
ME52 Advanced Thermodynamics
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
ME62 Advanced Strength of Materials
Non-technical Elective
Senior Year
ME53 Heat Transfer
ME55 Advanced Fluid Mechanics
ME63 Engineering Design I
EE63 Electronic Circuits
ME64 Engineering Design II
ME66 Mechanical Engineering Problems
EE64 Automatic Control
Non-technical Elective
ME51 G eneral T hermodynamics.
An introduction to thermodynamics using the information theory approach to statistical
mechanics. The thermodynamic systems discussed are sufficiently broad to include
the solid, liquid, vapor, or gaseous state of the matter contained therein.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, or equivalent.
ME52 Advanced T hermodynamics.
An extension of the laws of thermodynamics to cyclic processes encountered by
mechanical engineers.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME51. General Thermodynamics.
94
ME53 H eat T ransfer.
A course presenting a basic introduction to the field of engineering heat transfer.
The problems analyzed are in the area of conduction, radiation, and convection in
both steady and transient state conditions.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME51 General Thermodynamics, and EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME54 F luid M echanics.
An introductory course in fluid statics; kinematics; equation of continuity; steady
flow energy and momentum; dynamics of an ideal fluid; dimensional analysis and
similitude; incompressible flow in closed conduits and compressibility phenomena.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Integral Calculus, ME51 General Thermodynamics.
ME55 Advanced F luid M echanics.
Extension of ME54. Theory of fluid mechanics in turbomachinery, jets, lubrication;
fluid dynamics leading to Navier-Stokes equation, Euler's equation, potential flow
theory; boundary layer theory and drag on immersed bodies; one dimensional com
pressible flow.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisites: ME54 Fluid Mechanics, EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME62 Advanced Strength of M aterials.
Review of stress and strain leading to equilibrium equations and generalized Hooke’s
Law; disks and cylinders; torsion; beams on elastic foundations; energy methods;
theories of failure under stress; influence of stress concentration and working
stresses; theory of stability.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisites: CE51 Mechanics III, EE55 Engineering Analysis.
ME63 Engineering D esign I.
A study of the analysis and synthesis of the elements of a machine. Machine vibra
tions from a lumped parameter point of view are studied.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME62 Advanced Strength of Materials.
ME64 Engineering D esign II.
Rigid body dynamics leading to a discussion of the gyroscope are developed in vector
form. Formulation of dynamic problems is developed by means of Lagrange Equa
tions and Hamilton’s Principle. A study of the vibration of distributed systems for
both free and forced systems completes the course.
Four class periods per week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Engineering Design I.
ME66 M echanical Engineering P roblems.
The study of a group of selected problems in Mechanical Engineering by analytical
and experimental means. An attempt is made to integrate the analytical and experi
mental approach by work in the laboratory.
Two three-hour meetings per week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Engineering Design I.
ME71 M echanical Engineering T hesis.
With departmental approval, an undergraduate may undertake a thesis project as a
portion of the program in the senior year.
95
English Literature
P r o f e s s o r s : G e o r g e J. B e c k e r , Chairman
E l iz a b e t h C o x W r ig h t
A sso c ia te P r o f e s s o r s : D avid C o w d e n
D a n ie l G . H o f f m a n
Sa m u e l L. H y n e s
F r e d r ic K l e e s
A s sist a n t P r o f e s s o r : St e p h e n J. B r o w n
In str u c to r : T hom as H . B la ckburn
This department might more properly be called the Department of Literature in English,
since it offers a study both of literature originally written in the English language and
of works translated from other tongues. Literature is considered as a fine art, as a
cultural record, and as a guide to the student’s interpretation of his own experience in
life. The program of courses and seminars comprises four approaches to the subject: the
intensive study of the work of major writers, examination of the literature produced in
certain limited periods, the historical development of the major literary types, and the
grouping of various types or forms on the basis of their subject matter or point of view.
The general purposes of this study are the broadening of the student’s understanding
and enjoyment of literature, the development of a basis for intelligent criticism, and the
provision of a foundation for further study in the field. Stress is also laid upon accurate
reading and writing through critical explication of texts and criticism of student papers.
R e q u ir e m e n t s f o r M a j o r s i n C o u r s e
The work of the major in course consists of at least eight semester courses in the depart
ment. It is recommended that majors take The Development of English Literature (3-4)
in the freshman year, one of the type courses (21-26) during the sophomore year, Chaucer
or Milton in the junior year, and Shakespeare and Problems of Literary Study in the final
year. The comprehensive examination at the end of the senior year is based on this
body of work, but also includes questions on other courses offered by the department
for those prepared in those fields.
Cou rses
1. I ntroduction to Literary Study. Staff.
Each semester
An examination of the principal types of literature.
This course is not open to students who elect 3-4. Either 1 or 3-4 is prerequisite
to all other literature courses offered by the department.
Full course
An introduction to literary study by means of the traditional materials of English
literature from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.
Recommended for English majors; not open to students taking course 1.
3-4. T h e D evelopment of E nglish Literature . Staff.
96
Friends Meeting House
Hicks Hall, an Engineering Building
Commencement in the Arthur Hoyt Scott Auditorium
5,6. English for F oreign Students .
Individual and group work on an advanced level for students from non-English
backgrounds.
Each semester
Analysis, organization, and effective presentation of complex subject matter in both
speech and writing. Open only to students for whom the course is a requirement
or for whom it is recommended by their advisers.
10. W riting and Speaking . Staff.
12. T he Seventeenth Century . Mr. Blackburn.
Spring semester
Study of the major literary currents and figures of the period.
Spring semester
14. T he Eighteenth Century .
The developing sensibility and literary forms of the period.
16. T hb Romantic P eriod. Mrs. Wright.
Spring semester
Studies in poetry, the novel, and the essay from about 1790 to 1820, with attention
to the new materials and forms of romanticism.
Spring semester
18. Victorian Literature. Mr. Cowden.
The important ideas and literary currents of the period.
NOTE: These four period courses are open in the spring of the freshman year to
students who have taken course 1. The combination of one of these courses and
course 1 will be considered as equivalent to 3-4 for students who wish to proceed
to a major in the department.
21,22. English P oetry. Mrs. Wright.
A study of the development of English poetry from its beginnings, with considera
tion of the principles of poetic criticism and a detailed examination of the work of
two or three poets. Primarily for sophomores.
23,24. T h e E nglish N ovel. Mr. Cowden.
The first semester emphasizes the chronicle form of novel prevalent from Fielding
to Trollope; the second semester emphasizes developments in technique and content
since Meredith. Credit is given for either semester, but students desiring both
should take them in regular sequence. Primarily for sophomores.
25. Comedy. Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
Dramatic comedy in its various forms, with particular attention to the Elizabethan,
Restoration, and modern periods. Primarily for sophomores.
26. T ragedy. Mr. Klees.
Spring semester
Dramatic tragedy from the Agamemnon trilogy to Death of a Salesman, with em
phasis on Elizabethan and modern American tragedy. Primarily for sophomores.
42. Shakespeare . Staff.
Each semester
A study of the major plays. Not open to freshmen or to majors in course.
51,52. Literature in A merica. Mr. Hoffman.
A study of the major American writers from Puritan times to the early 20th century.
Open to juniors and seniors.
53. Renaissance Comparative Literature.
Fall semester
Emphasis on the assimilation of the classical tradition by English and other European
literatures during the Renaissance. Open to juniors and seniors.
54. M odern Comparative Literature. Mr. Becker.
Spring semester
The rise and decline of the realistic movement as seen through the study of European
and American works since Flaubert. Open to juniors and seniors.
97
55. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Poll semester
Reading of Troilus and Criseyde, The Canterbury Tales, and some of the minor
poems in the original Middle English, with greater attention to the literary than
to the linguistic aspects. Open to juniors and seniors.
56. M ilton . Mr. Blackburn.
Spring semester
Study of the main body of Milton’s works with particular emphasis on Paradise Lost.
Open to juniors and seniors.
58. Special T opics. Staff.
From time to time intensive courses will be offered in fields not covered by the
regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
61-62. Shakespeare . Staff.
Pall semester
A study of the complete works of Shakespeare, tracing the development of his
craftsmanship and ideas. Required of majors in the department, who meet weekly
in small groups during the first semester of the senior year. Students should read
through the plays before taking the course.
Spring semester
Group meetings of departmental majors in the second semester of the senior year to
review, integrate, and supplement their major programs. Under exceptional circum
stances a student who has made application by November 15 of his senior year may
be allowed to substitute a thesis, which will receive double credit.
64. P roblems o f Literary Study . Staff.
H onors W ork
Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in Honors are the same as for a
major in course, either The Development of English Literature (3-4) or Introduction to
Literary Study (1) and one of the period courses (12, 14, 16, 18).
The election of one or two additional courses in the sophomore year is highly recom
mended.
For acceptance as a minor in the department, two semester courses are required.
Program: Majors in Honors must take four seminars in the department, one of which
must be Chaucer, Shakespeare, or Milton. Minors in Honors may enroll in any two or
three seminars which seem best suited to the purposes of their whole program. No student
may take more than two seminars in Group II.
Seminars: The following seminars prepare for examination for a degree with Honors:
Group I
101. Shakespeare . Staff.
Each semester
A study of Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis is on the major
plays, with a more rapid reading of the remainder of the canon. Students are
advised to read through all the plays before entering the seminar.
103. Chaucer . Mr. Klees.
Fall semester
A reading of Chaucer’s poems in the original Middle English, with particular at
tention to Troilus and Criseyde and The Canterbury Tales.
104. M ilton .
An examination of the poetic achievement of John Milton.
Spring semester
106. D rama. Mr. Brown and Mr. Klees.
Spring semester
A study of comedy and tragedy in the Greek, Elizabethan, and modern periods with
a consideration of the various forms these types take from one age to another.
98
Spring semester
The basic elements of poetic expression, thought, imagery, and sound, are studied
in poems from the Spenserian and Metaphysical strains.
108. Renaissance P oetry. Mrs. W right.
ta ll semester
The interests, sensibility, and literary practice of such figures as Dryden, Swift,
Pope, Fielding, Johnson.
109. T he English A ugustans.
Group II
ffl® semester
A study of the romantic movement in England. The concentration will be on the
five major poets, but some attention will also be given to critical theory and the
varieties of prose expression.
ill. Romanticism .
113. T he N ovel. Mrs. Wright and Mr. Cowden.
a. Changing Forms in the Modern English Novel: A study of basic forms, with
reading of novels outside the Victorian tradition, 1850-1950. Mrs. Wright.
Fall semester.
b. Studies in Four Novelists: James, Conrad, Joyce, and Woolf. Mr. Cowden.
Spring semester.
Mr. Becker.
ta ll semester
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some of the
major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature. The chief
figures studied are Flaubert and Zola, Tolstoy and Dostoevsky, Kafka and Mann,
Joyce and Faulkner.
115. M odern C omparative Literature .
116. Problems in A merican Literature . Mr. Hoffman.
Fall semester
A study of the themes, forms and aesthetic premises of selected writings, and their
relations to the cultural situations in which they were created.
118. M odern P oetry. Mr. Hynes and Mr. Hoffman.
Spring semester
A study of the modern tradition in English and American poetry from Yeats to the
present. The seminar will concentrate on the work of a few major poets.
119. Special T opics in Literature .
Staff.
Occasional seminars will be given in special fields not part of the regular program.
120. T hesis .
A major in Honors may elect to write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
must select his topic and submit his plan of work for departmental approval by
end of the junior year. Then during one semester of the senior year he writes
thesis under the direction of a member of the department, with whom he
periodic consultations.
99
He
the
his
has
Fine Arts
P r o fessors : R obert M . W a l k e r , Chairman
H edley H . R hys
I n s t r u c t o r : J o h n W . W illiam s
The aim of the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and aesthetic
value of architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and drawings). Meth
ods and problems of criticism are considered: observation, analysis, interpretation and
evaluation. Instruction is given by means of original works of art as well as by the
usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private collections in New York,
Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant examples of architecture in
those areas.
Since it is the objective of the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension of
the visual arts rather than to develop technical skills, no courses in drawing, painting
and sculpture are offered for credit. However, instruction in such work is available under
the extracurricular Arts and Crafts Program.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R ec o m m en d a tio n s
Prerequisites: Majors in course and majors and minors in honors must take the two
half courses, Fine Arts 1 and 2. This requirement must be fulfilled before the Junior
year. For other students the prerequisite for all other courses is one semester of the
Introduction to Art History, either Fine Arts 1 or 2. Fine Arts 11, Design in Drawing
and Painting, while not a prerequisite, is recommended as a foundation for other Fine
Arts courses and seminars.
Sequence of Courses: Whenever possible, majors will take courses in their numerical
order. For other students courses need not be taken in numerical sequence.
Majors in Course: The program of a major consists of at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1-2) in the Department. The courses supporting this program
depend on the needs of the individual student and may be found in both the Division
of the Humanities and the Division of the Social Sciences.
Majors and Minors in Honors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the Depart
ment. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Fine Arts.
A minor in honors usually consists of two seminars. The seminars offered in any one
semester vary according to the requirements of the students and the convenience of the
Department.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work
in Fine Arts requires a knowledge of French or German.
C ourses
1. I ntroduction to Art H istory. Mr. Walker and Mr. Williams.
Pall semester
Consideration is given in the first four weeks to the basic problems of the nature
of the work of art, the factors of influence upon its conception, formation, and
development (geographic, social, economic, etc.) the principles of value judg
ments, and methods of analysis. A limited number of representative examples
of architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied within the historical context
of the civilizations and cultural epochs which produced them: Ancient Egypt,
Greece and Rome, and Medieval France.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
100
2. Introduction to Art H istory. Mr. Rhys and Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
European and American architecture, sculpture, and painting from the fifteenth
century to the present day are studied from the same points of view and with
the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours of lecture a week and one bi-weekly conference.
11. D esign in D rawing and P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
The basic elements of design and their function in drawing and painting. Types
of harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and special. The methods
of design and representation that characterize the various historical styles. Practical
exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since the purpose of the
course is to develop a critical understanding of drawing and painting and hot
technical skill.
51. Ancient A rt . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of architecture, sculpture and painting as expressing
various cultural patterns of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome.
52. M edibval Art . Air. Williams.
Spring semester
A study of the relationship between art and society in Europe and the Near East
from the fourth through the fourteenth centuries. The ideas and institutions which
were instrumental in shaping Christian art during its formative stages of develop
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France;
the abbey and the cathedral.
53. Italian Renaissance Art . Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
A study of certain aspects of the art of the Renaissance in Italy as expressed in
architecture, sculpture and painting. Emphasis is placed on such great masters as
Donatello, Masaccio, Alberti, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Michelangelo and Titian.
54. N orthern Renaissance A rt . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making during
the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany,
and Spain through the study of individual artists such as Jan van Eyck, Roger van
der Weyden, Jean Fouquet, Albrecht Durer, Grünewald, Holbein, Peter Bruegel,
Jerome Bosch and El Greco.
55. Baroque Art . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
The characteristics of art in the seventeenth century in Italy, France, Flanders, Holland,
and Spain. Special emphasis is given to the paintings of such masters as Caravaggio,
Poussin, Rubens, Rembrandt, El Greco, and Velasquez.
Not offered in 1962-63.
56. M odern P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution
through Matisse and Picasso: the meanings of the various movements and their
relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
57. American Art . Air. Rhys.
Fall semester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial Period
to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a
reflection of American culture.
Not offered in 1962-63.
58. M odern A rchitecture . Air. Walker.
Spring semester
An introduction to the nature of architecture and the function of the architect through
a study of developments in European and American building during the late nine
teenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence of economic, technological
101
and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the study of
original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work of such men as Sulli
van, Wright, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite of Fine Arts 1 or 2 is waived for students in Engineering.
60-61. Senior Conference . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
100. A ncient Art . Mr. Walker.
Fall semester
Classical Greek art and architecture within the art historical context of ancient
civilizations of the Near East.
101. M edieval Art . Mr. Williams.
Fall semester
The development of the forms of Christian art during the Middle Ages, with
special emphasis on the Romanesque and Gothic periods in France.
102. I talian Renaissance P ainting . Mr. Williams.
Spring semester
A study and analysis of painting in Italy from Giotto to Titian: the decisive contribu
tions of the outstanding masters to its stylistic development and its relationship to the
Renaissance movement as a whole.
103. N orthern Renaissance P ainting . Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
Developments in painting and the graphic arts of drawing and print making during
the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries in England, France, the Netherlands, Germany,
and Spain through an intensive study of individual masters such as the Van Eycks,
Roger van der Weyden, Jerome Bosch, Pieter Brughel, Jean Fouquet, Martin Schongauer, Albrecht Dürer, Hans Holbein, and El Greco.
104. T h e Baroque . Mr. Rhys.
Fall semester
The formation of the Baroque in Italy and its development as an international style
in Western Europe. Some consideration is given to architecture and sculpture in
Italy, but the primary orientation is toward painting, especially the work of such
masters as Caravaggio, Poussin, Rubens, Rembrandt, and Velasquez.
105. M odern P ainting . Mr. Rhys.
Spring semester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution
through Matisse and Picasso; the meanings of the various movements and their
relationship to changing social and political attitudes.
106. M aster P rint M akers. Mr. Walker.
Spring semester
A consideration of certain problems in the history of the graphic arts. A study of
the significance of the work of such men as Schongauer, Dürer, Rembrandt, Goya,
Daumier, Munch and Rouault for the development of expression in the media of
the woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Students work almost
exclusively with original material in the Print Room of the Philadelphia Museum
and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
102
History
P r o f e s s o r s : M a r y A l b e r t s o n , Chairman
P a u l H. B e ik
J a m e s A . F ie l d , J r . {
La u r e n c e D . La fo r e *
F r e d e r ic k B. T o l l e s
A s sist a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t C. B a n n is t e r
R. A r n o l d R ic k s
H a r r is o n M . W r ig h t
I n s t r u c t o r : J e a n H. K o p y t o f f
L e c t u r e r s : F . H ila r y C o n r o y
D avid H e r l ih y
P h il ip R . M a r sh a ll
The first course introduces the student to the past, not only of the western tradition
but of various parts of the world which have come to share the same heritage since the
beginning of the expansion of Europe, and also introduces the student to the methods
of the historian and the uses of a knowledge of history. The other courses in the de
partment, particularly at the sophomore level, treat more fully our heritage from England
and offer a choice among various aspects of the history of America, and among approaches
to an understanding of other parts of the world. The courses open chiefly to juniors
and seniors expand certain of the topics introduced in History 1-2. The Honors program
is planned for different objectives as well as different methods from the Course program.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
fo r
M a j o r s a n d M in o r s
History 1-2 should be taken in the freshman year, if possible, followed in the sopho
more year, if there is room in the individual’s program, by a choice of two of the follow
ing: ( l ) one semester of American history, (2) England, and (3) either Russia, the
Expansion of Europe, or The Other American Republics. For the major, carefully
planned election of related courses in other departments should begin in the sophomore
year, particularly with reference to the prerequisite requirements of these departments for
Honors seminars. The minimum requirement for acceptance as a major in history at
the beginning of the junior year is successful completion of History 1-2. The student
planning to apply for work leading to an Honors degree either as a major or minor
should follow in general the same program as the Course major during his first two years.
The work of the major in Course consists of at least eight half courses in the depart
ment, including History 1-2, a half course in American history, a half course in English
history, and Special Topics. The comprehensive examination is based on the fields
covered in these courses and also includes questions on the other courses offered by the
department. The department records the field of special competence of its majors so that
the information can be given in letters of recommendation, etc., when it is desirable.
A major in history may, for example, be described as a major in history with emphasis
on the social sciences, on American civilization, on international relations, or on Russian
studies.
Absent on leave, 1962-63.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
t
103
Students intending to do graduate work in history should bear in mind that the
languages usually required by graduate schools are French and German.
C ourses
1-2. I ntroduction to H istory. All members of the department.
Full course
One of the basic courses in the curriculum. It is an introduction to the study,
understanding, and use of history for those who do not plan to take any more courses
in history as well as for those who do. It is a prerequisite to all other work in
history except courses 4, 5, 12, 13, and 61. The historical problems^ selected for
discussion follow in general in chronological order, from classical antiquity to the
mid-twentieth century, centered on the history of Europe. Sections are small
enough for discussion.
3. England . Miss Albertson.
A survey of the history of the English people.
4. T he U nited States to 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
The colonial experience; independence, a new society, and a new government;
transcontinental expansion and the struggle between North and South. Not open to
freshmen.
5. T he U nited States since 1877. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Industrialism and its consequences; the United States as a great power; the problems
of a shrinking world. Not open to freshmen.
6. A merican I ntellectual H istory before 1865. Mr. Tolies.
The history of ideas in the United States from the colonial period through the
middle of the nineteenth century. A general knowledge of the political and social
history of the period is assumed.
7. A merican I ntellectual H istory after 1865. Mr. Bannister.
The history of ideas in the United States from the middle of the nineteenth century
to the present time. A general knowledge of the political and social history of the
period is assumed.
11. T h e O ther A merican R epublics . Mr. Lafore.
The development of Latin America with its European and colonial background.
The emphasis is on Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.
Not offered in 1962-63.
12. T he Far East. Mr. Conroy.
From the mid-nineteenth century to the present.
13. T he Far East.
The traditional civilization of East Asia, particularly China.
Not offered in 1962-63.
14. Russia. Mr. Beik.
The history of modem Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and gives
half its time to the period since the Revolution.
15. T h e Expansion of Europe . Mr. Wright.
A survey of the origins and character of European overseas expansion and the impact
on non-European societies, with a comparative study of selected areas and times.
The following courses are open to sophomores on written approval by the chairman of
the department.
104
52. M odehn Britain . Mr. Lafore.
The development of a modern industrial society and welfare state.
Not offered in 1962-63.
53. T hb FRbnch Revolution and N apoleon . Mr. Beik.
The significance of the period of 1789 to 1815 in the development of modern
European social theories and political institutions.
Not offered in 1962-63.
54. M edieval E urope .
European and Mediterranean history from the disintegration of the Roman Empire
to about 1300, with special emphasis on western Europe.
Not offered in 1962-63.
55. T he Renaissance and Reformation . Miss Albertson.
Topics in the history of western Europe from the fourteenth through the seventeenth
century.
56. American D iplomatic H istory. Mr. Field.
Official United States foreign policy considered as a part of the larger problem of
American participation in world affairs.
Not offered in 1962-63.
57. M odern Europe . Members of the department.
Recent European problems and institutions examined primarily through the expe
riences of one nation in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. In 1962-63 the nations
studied will be Germany and France. Mr. Ricks and Mr. Beik.
58. H istory of I deas. Members of the department.
Aspects of intellectual history. (For American intellectual history see courses 6 and
7.)
Not offered in 1962-63.
60. Africa. Mr. Wright.
Aspects of the history and civilization of Africa. The emphasis is on tropical Africa
in modem times.
61. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious
and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
Not offered in 1962-63.
65,66. Special T opics.
For seniors. Individual programs are planned to prepare majors in history for the
comprehensive examination. The discussion of review problems, of papers, and of
reading is conducted in group meetings supplemented by individual conferences with
members of the department. This may be elected as a single one-semester course
or as a double one-semester course. Time is allowed for optional reading and re
search. The second credit (66) is usually given for a Course thesis.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
The following seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors to prepare
for the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken in any combination
without regard to chronological order. History 1-2 is a prerequisite to all seminars. In
addition, for seminars 101, 102, and 103 some preliminary reading is required if neither
course 4 nor course 5 has been elected.
Those who wish to specialize in international relations with a major in history (see
p. 107, last paragraph) should include in their programs at least three of the following
seminars: numbers 103, 110, 116, 117.
105
101. Early A merican H istory.
Mr. Tolies.
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of the period from the explorations
to the end of the American Revolution.
102. P roblems in A merican H istory. Mr. Bannister or Mr. Field.
Selected topics in the history of the United States.
103. P roblems in A merican H istory : F oreign . Mr. Field.
The United States in the world community; a study of the evolution since 1776 of
the American policies toward Europe, Latin America, and the Orient, with emphasis
on ideological, economic, and strategic developments.
106. M edieval E ngland . Miss Albertson.
Aspects of English life and institutions from the Norman conquest through the Wars
of the Roses.
107. T udor and Stuart England . Miss Albertson.
The English Renaissance and Reformation, constitutional theory, the Civil War, and
the Restoration. The emphasis will be on the history of the seventeenth century with
its European background.
109. England since 1785. Mr. Lafore.
The rise of the first modern industrial state.
problems.
Its social, political, and economic
110. T he British Em pire . Mrs. Kopytoff or Mr. Wright.
Selected areas of the empire and commonwealth from 1750 to the present, with
special reference to the history and problems of Canada, Australia, India, South
Africa, and tropical Africa.
111. M edieval E urope . Mr. Herlihy.
The making and expansion of Western Europe from Charlemagne to the twelfth
century.
112. T h e Renaissance and Reformation . Miss Albertson.
The period of the Renaissance and the Reformation in continental Europe.
114. E urope 1760 to 1870. Mr. Beik.
The disintegration of the old regime and the rise of liberalism.
115. E urope 1870 to 1939. Mr. Lafore, Mr. Marshall, or Mr. Ricks.
Political and social changes which preceded the second world war in western
continental Europe.
116. D iplomatic H istory of Europe . Mr. Lafore.
The management of international affairs and problems since 1870.
117. Eastern E urope . Mr. Beik.
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and the development of the
Soviet zone in East Central Europe.
120. T hesis.
A thesis may be substituted for one of the Honors examinations by permission of the
department. The topic should be selected and approved by the end of the junior year.
The thesis must be completed during the first semester of the senior year.
G raduate W o r k
The Department of History offers work leading to the Master’s degree for graduate
students who wish to use the research resources of the Friends Historical Library for a
thesis. In addition to the thesis the candidate normally takes three Honors seminars.
For the general regulations concerning the Master’s degree see pp. 62-63.
106
International Relations
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations should
include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in economics,
history, and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one or
more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the
programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political science,
or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior
Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examination should
take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below, including all of those
listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. The examina
tion is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen of the Departments of
Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairmanship of the Department of
Political Science.
Group I
Political Science 12. I nternational P olitics
Political Science 13. I nternational Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58. American F oreign P olicy
Economics 60. I nternational Economics
Group II
History
History
History
History
History
11.
12.
14.
15.
60.
T hb O ther A merican Republics
T h e Far East
R ussia
T h e Expansion of E urope
A frica
Group III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15.
19.
20.
55.
Comparative G overnment
T h e Soviet System
Asian P olitical Systems
M odern P olitical T heory
Students who plan to enter the Honors program will find it possible to select a similar
combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In planning
such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective major de
partments.
107
Mathematics
P r o f e s s o r : H e in r ic h B r i n k m a n n , Chairman
A sso c ia te P r o f e s s o r s : P h il ip W . C a r r u t h
D avid R o s e n
R a l p h L. Sh iv e l y
I n s t r u c t o r s : St e v e n s H e c k s c h e r
D oroth y W . W o lfe
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model of a
deductive science. On the other hand, the subject matter of mathematics has for the
most part arisen out of concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which ge
ometry occupies a central position. The courses offered in the Department of Mathematics
attempt to combine these points of view and to give a picture of the power and beauty
of the subject when studied for its own sake, as well as its many relations to other fields
of thought. The study of mathematics is essential as a tool for the understanding of the
principles of the physical sciences and engineering; a knowledge of its techniques is indis
pensable for a successful pursuit of these subjects. The same is becoming increasingly
true in the biological sciences and the social sciences.
For students who intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence of
courses is the following: Freshman year, courses 3-4 or 5-6; Sophomore year, courses
11, 12 or 15, 16; Junior and Senior years, courses 13, 14, 51, 52, 55, these are required of
all majors in course. The completion of Physics 1, 2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major or as a
minor, a student must have completed courses 11, 12 or 15, 16. An honors student whose
major is mathematics must also take Physics 1, 2; it is furthermore highly desirable that he
have a reading knowledge of French or German. A junior honors student will normally
take the seminars in Advanced Calculus I and II or the seminar in Advanced Analysis;
these seminars are offered each year. The remaining seminars are usually taken by senior
students and are offered as they are required.
1-2. I ntroduction to M athematics.
Fall course
The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with some of the principles
and fundamental concepts of mathematics. The main topics for study will be an
introduction to logic and sets, linear algebra, the basic ideas of the calculus, with
probability theory and statistics as an application. Pertinent topics from algebra and
trigonometry will be studied as needed. The course is designed as a terminal course
in mathematics and cannot be used as a prerequisite for any course offered by the
Department of Mathematics.
Full course
The subject matter of this course consist of calculus combined with appropriate ma
terial from analytic geometry. This course, or course 5-6, should^ be taken by students
intending to do their major work in mathematics, the physical sciences, or en
gineering.
3-4. F irst Y ear M athematics .
5-6. F irst Y ear M athematics. (Advanced Course).
Full course
This course is intended for students with superior preparation in mathematics. Per
mission to enroll in it must be obtained from the chairman of the department. The
subject matter studied is calculus combined with certain topics from analytic ge
ometry.
108
11, 12. Calculus.
course
In this course the student continues the study of the calculus begun in Mathematics
3-4; certain topics from algebra and analytic geometry are also included. The course
or course 15, 16 forms a necessary basis for any further work in mathematics and is
essential for an understanding of the fundamentals of physics and other sciences,
as well as engineering.
Prerequisite: Courses 3-4; these courses must be passed with a grade of C or better.
Spring semester
Various kinds of geometry (mostly in the plane) will be studied in this coupe,
using both analytic and synthetic methods. A large part of the work will deal
with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. The conic
sections will be studied in some detail. This course is not open to freshmen except
by special permission.
13. H igher G eometry .
14. H igher Algebra.
$ $ semester
The subject matter of this course consists of various topics of modern algebra, such
as groups, vector spaces, and the algebra of linear transformations and matrices.
This course is not open to freshmen except by special permission.
15,16. Calculus (Advanced Course).
This course follows Mathematics 5-6 and continues the work in calculus as begun
there.
Prerequisite: Courses 5-6; these courses must be passed with a grade of C or better.
semester
51, Advanced Analysis I.
This course deals with the differential calculus of functions of several variables
and its geometric applications, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals, improper
integrals and infinite series. The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to strengthen
the student’s understanding of the principles of the calculus. Applications to the
physical sciences are given whenever possible.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12 or 15, 16; these courses must be passed with a grade
of C or better.
52. Advanced Analysis II.
Spring semester
This course is a continuation of Mathematics 51. Some of the topics studied arc.
Ordinary differential equations, with applications; infinite series; improper inte
grals; and the gamma function.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12, or 15, 16, 51.
54. Probability and Statistics.
This course deals with the mathematical theory of statistics, based upon a study
of the theory of probability. An introduction to the theory of sampling and
statistical inference will be given.
Prerequisites: Courses 11, 12, or 15, 16, 51 (Course 51 may be taken concurrently).
55. Senior Conference .
Spring semester
A weekly meeting held for the purpose of integrating and supplementing the course
program of majors in this department. It is required of all majors in the course
program.
60. Reading Course in M athematics .
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in fields
not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists in the
preparation of papers requiring extensive and detailed examination of the literature
of a problem.
H o n o rs S em in a rs
101. Advanced Calculus I.
temester
The subject matter of this seminar includes the differential calculus of functions
of several variables, the elements of vector analysis, multiple integrals, line and
109
surface integrals, improper integrals, infinite series, uniform convergence of infinite
processes. The treatment of these various subjects is sufficiently detailed to give the
student an introduction to the rigorous processes of analysis.
102. Advanced Calculus II.
S p rin g semester
This seminar continues the study of the topics listed under the seminar in Advanced
Calculus I. It also includes a formal treatment of ordinary differential equations
and their applications to various types of problems. This is followed by a study of
existence theorems for ordinary differential equations, certain classical linear differ
ential equations, and related topics.
Fall semester
This seminar is planned for students who have mathematics as a minor and who
wish to have just one seminar in analysis. It is part of the Honors Program in
Engineering Sciences (see p. 87). Among the subjects studied are functions of
several variables, infinite series, uniform convergence of infinite processes, Fourier
series, differential equations of the first order, linear differential equations, Bessel
functions.
103. Advanced A nalysis .
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties of such formal systems as groups,
rings, fields and vector spaces. While these concepts will be illustrated by many
concrete examples, the emphasis will be on the abstract nature of the subject; the
student will thus be introduced to an important aspect of modem mathematics.
Among the specific topics to be studied are the algebra of matrices, of classes and of
ideals.
105. T heory of F unctions of a Complex V ariable.
A brief study of the geometry of complex numbers is followed by a detailed treat
ment of the Cauchy theory of analytical functions of a complex variable. Various
applications are given and some special classes of functions, such as elliptic functions,
are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory of Weierstrass are briefly
considered.
Prerequisites: Seminars 101 and 102.
106. T heory of N umbers.
Among the subjects studied in this seminar are: Elementary properties of integers,
the congruence relation, quadratic residues, quadratic forms, certain classical Diophantine equations, simple examples of fields of algebraic numbers.
107. T heory of F unctions of a Real V ariable.
This seminar is intended for students of some mathematical maturity, and will be
an introduction to some material that is important in present-day mathematics. Topics
covered will include axiomatic set theory, topological and metric spaces, measure
theory, topological groups, and elements of the theory of Banach and Hilbert spaces.
108. Symbolic Logic.
This seminar is given by the Department of Philosophy. A description of it will be
found under the offerings of that department. It may be presented as part of the
mathematics program in Honors.
109. Probability and Statistics.
The purpose of this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary for
an understanding of the mathematical analysis of statistical data. In addition the
modem development of this subject provides a valuable application of the concepts
and techniques acquired in the study of advanced calculus. The topics treated in
clude: the axiomatic approach, the use of Stieltjes integrals, correlation and regres
sion, some special distributions, sampling theory, and a short introduction to the
theory of statistical estimation.
110
M odem Languages and Literatures
P rofessors : H arold M arch , Chairm an (French)
F ranz H . M autner (Germ an)
J ames D . Sorber (Spanish)
A ssociate Professors : H ilde D . Co h n (German)
F rédéric J. G rover (French)
A ssistant P rofessors : E lisa A sensio (Spanish)
G eorge C. A very (German)
O lga Lang (Russian)
J ean A shmead P erkins (French)
R obert A. P icken (French)
I nstructors : T h o m pson Bradley (Russian)
A n n ie -Claude D urrbach D obbs (French)
L ecturers : A lbert R. Schmitt (German)
F ranklin C. Southw orth (Linguistics)
The department of modem languages and literatures aims to give its majors a com
prehensive view of the literature and culture represented by these languages, in relation
to other humanistic studies. Literature courses listed in the separate sections are con
ducted in the language concerned, and progress in the language is always one of the
aims. .
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students for ad
vanced work in literature as well as to meet college and departmental requirements. It
is possible with some extra reading, to major or to enter honors seminars in a language
started in college, but elementary and intermediate courses (numbered 1 to 4) do not
count toward the minimum of eight half courses required of a major.
Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors are noted under the listing of each
language section.
M odern Language Course (conducted in English)
13.
M edieval Comparative Literature .
The tension between ideals and their realization as reflected in the literature of the
Middle Ages.
M odern Language Seminar (conducted in English)
130. Linguistics.
I. The basic techniques of descriptive linguistics (phonology, morphology, syntax)
with emphasis on their application to languages known to the participants; II. The
methods and results of historical-comparative language study; other topics (such as
language typology, translation problems, semantics, language and culture, histories of
linguistics) may be covered, depending on time and students’ interests.
French
AH students offering French for entrance are placed at the level where they will pre
sumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance Ex
amination or a test given by the department.
I ll
French may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
French 11 or 12 Introduction to Literature, or evidence of equivalent work.
French 6 Advanced Composition and Diction.
Recommended supporting subjects:
History of France, History of Modem Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak French with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral honors
examination in French.
N o t e : Not all advanced courses are offered every year. Students wishing a major
or minor in French should plan their course carefully in advance with the department in
order to get a well rounded program.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary French .
For students who begin French in College and for those who have had only one
year in high school. Equivalent to two years' French in high school. The initial
approach is oral but a foundation is laid for a reading knowledge. No credit is
given for French 1 alone.
3, 4. I ntermediate French .
For students who have had French 1-2 or its equivalent (2 years’ French in high
school). Students who have had three years in high school usually enter French
4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literature in French
editions without notes or vocabulary. Every effort is made to help the student to
increase his vocabulary and to discuss what he has read in the French language.
Completion of French 4 satisfies the language requirement. The normal course
to follow French 4 is French 11. (Both courses are offered in the fall semester.)
5. Advanced Com position .
Problems of syntax, stylistics, and translation.
6. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For those who intend to major in French or who wish an advanced linguistic course.
An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve self-expression in
the language, both oral and written.
11, 12. I ntroduction to Literature .
In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as an aid to language learning to
the consideration of literary values. The material is selected from classics of the
nineteenth century, but it is not a systematic survey course. Prerequisite: French 4
or equivalent. (Offered each semester.)
In Course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings from Rabelais
to Rousseau. (Offered spring semester.)
15,16. Le D éveloppem ent db l 'I dée Classique, 1549— 1715.
Course 15, French Literature from the Renaissance through the Baroque period (the
Pléiade, Montaigne, Malherbe, Corneille, Descartes, Pascal).
Course 16, a study of Classicism and its ultimate decline (La Fontaine, Boileau,
Molière, Racine, La Bruyère, Saint-Simon and others).
112
17. Lbs "P hilosophes ."
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot and Rousseau; their contribution to the development
of the ideas on art, literature and society which characterize the French eighteentn
century.
18. Lb Roman au 17* et 18* Siècles .
Selected novels before Balzac.
19. Roman M oderne .
Important novels from Balzac to the early twentieth century, including such authors
as Balzac, «Stendhal, Flaubert, Zola, Gide, Proust.
20. Roman Contem porain .
Representative novels from 1920 to the present.
21. T héâtre M oderne .
The theater since the classic period.
22.
P oesie Lyrique .
Lyric poetry from Villon, with emphasis on the modem period.
(For senior majors.)
Keying« selected to fit the needs of individual seniors and to supplement their
selection of courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive
examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see
his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships with work in other heids.
52. Special T opics.
H o n o r s Sem in a rs
100.
Litterature du M oyen Age .
Old French readings in lyric poetry, theater and fiction.
101. Pascal et M ontaigne .
102. Le T héâtre Classique.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. L'âge des Lumièrbs.
The ''Philosophes," the theater and the novel of the eighteenth century.
104. Balzac, Stendhal , F laubert.
105. Proust.
106. Poésib M oderne .
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry.
108. Le Roman du 20* Siècle .
While some honors seminars treat the same subject matter as the courses, the reading
required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The work of a
seminar corresponds to two half courses.
113
German
All students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they can
presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department. As far as possible, German is the language
of the classroom, with the exception of German 7-8.
German may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required:
German l i or 12. Introduction to German Literature or equivalent work..
Recommended supporting subjects:
Courses in other literatures, History of Philosophy and of Germany, Fine Arts.
N ote : Majors are expected to speak German with sufficient fluency to take part in
discussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass oral examinations in
German. Since not all advanced courses and seminars are offered every year, students
wishing a major or minor in German should plan their courses carefully in advance with
the department in order to get a well-rounded program.
C ourses
1-2. E lementary G erman .
For students who begin German in college. Equivalent to two years’ German in
secondary school. Fundamentals of grammar; easy literary prose.
N ote : German 2 is usually also offered in the fall semester for students not ready
for German 33. I ntermediate G erman .
Prerequisite: German 1-2 or its equivalent. Narrative and expository prose of
moderate difficulty such as Hesse: Knulp; Schweitzer: Leben und Denken. Review
grammar.
4. I ntermediate G erman .
Fulfills the college requirement. Literary narrative, drama, poetry, expository prose
of greater difficulty, conversation.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6. W riting and Speaking G erman .
Composition and conversation in connection with contemporary literature.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
7-8. E lementary G erman (S pecial Reading Course.)
A special course designed for those who wish to acquire only a reading knowledge
of German. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements of certain depart
ments or of graduate schools, but not the college foreign language requirement.
11, 12. I ntroduction to G erman Literature .
A study of representative German dramas, Novellen, and lyric poems. Discussion,
papers. Not a survey course.
Prerequisite: German 4 or equivalent.
Course 11 deals mainly with 19th and 20th century authors, course 12 with the
classical period.
13. D ie G oethe -Zeit .
The most significant works of Goethe, Schiller, and their contemporaries.
114
14. G oethes Faust, Erster und Z weiter T eil .
An intensive study of Paust, I and II.
Part One.
Also for students who only know Faust,
15. D ie D eutsche Romantik .
An introductory study of the Romantic movement in Germany, with readings from
representative authors such as Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano, Eichendorflf.
16. D ie D eutsche N ovelle Seit G oethe .
A study of significant examples of this typically German genre. Authors: Goethe,
Eichendorflf, Kleist, Stifter, Keller, Meyer, Storm, Thomas Mann, and contem
porary writers.
17. M oderne D eutsche Literatur .
A study of leading German writers of the twentieth century, including Hauptmann,
Thomas Mann, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Kafka.
18. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
A study of German poetry through the ages. The interrelation of form and "con
tents.” Reading will include, among others, Goethe, Schiller, Hölderlin, Eichendorflf, Heine, Mörike, Meyer, George, Rilke, and contemporary poets.
20. D ie D eutsche K omödie .
Outstanding comedies from Goethe to the present time will be studied in their own
right, as examples of the genre, and as illustrations of German intellectual history.
51. Special T opics.
Readings selected to fit the specific needs of students with an advanced knowledge
of the German language. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of com
prehensive examination.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
101. Literatur des M ittelalters.
Elements of Middle High German grammar as introduction. A study of mediaeval
epics and other poetry, especially Nibelungenlied, Parzivtd, Tristan, Minnesang, and
Walther von der Vogelweide.
103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung .
A study of German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
The lyric poetry of the period, the mysticism of Angelus Silesius and Jakob Böhme,
the plays of Gryphius, and the prose of Grimmelshausen; a study of Lessing.
104. G oethe .
Goethe’s most significant works and his röle in German intellectual history will be
studied.
105. D ie D eutsche Rom antik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature and thinking of the
first third of the nineteenth century.
106. "B iedermeier" und "R ealismus ."
Studies in the works of Grillparzer, Stifter, Hebbel, Keller, Meyer, and Storm.
107. D eutsche Literatur Seit 1900.
The chief writers from naturalism to expressionism: Hauptmann’s dramas; Thomas
Mann’s prose; Rilke’s poetry; Hofmannsthal’s prose and poetry; Kafka; Brecht.
115
108. D as D eutsche D rama .
Representative examples of the dramatic genre in German literature from the end
of the 18th century to the present.
109. D ie D eutsche Lyrik .
Studies in German poetry. Methods and problems of interpretation.
Russian
Courses in the Russian language may be used to fulfill the college’s foreign language
requirement. A major in Russian language and literature may be obtained by taking
the courses listed below and additional courses offered at Bryn Mawr College. These
courses are part of the Russian Studies program offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and
Swarthmore Colleges (see p. 142).
1-2. Elementary Russian .
F u ll course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and written
language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose.
3, 4. I ntermediate Russian .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy, TurShort Russian area study: geography, history, constitution. Translations from Rus
sian fiction and periodicals. Review of grammar.
Conversation. Reports. Composition. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
11, 12. I ntroduction to Literature .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy, Tur
genev, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov. Study of these writers’ biographies and their political
and social backgrounds. Intensive work in translation and composition. Advanced
conversation. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4 or its equivalent.
H o n o rs S em in ars
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov and G orky .
Spanish
All students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they will pre
sumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance Exami
nation or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11, 12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or other foreign or classic literature,
Fine Arts, South American History.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive or oral honors
examination in Spanish.
C o u r se s
1-2. E lementary Spanish .
For students who begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years’ Spanish in
high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
116
3, 4. I ntermediate Spanish .
For students who have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (two years in high school).
Students who have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar is reviewed.
Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with emphasis on increasing
the student’s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his reading in oral and written
Spanish.
9. Advanced Composition and D iction .
For majors and others who wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. An effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and to improve
self-expression in the language both oral and written.
11, 12. I ntroduction to Spanish Literature .
Representative texts of modem Spanish and Latin American writers.
Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish.
Conducted in
13. El T eatro M oderno .
Plays of the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Revueltas in Mexico.
15,
16. Las O bras db Cervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Quixote. (A year course giving a thorough study of
Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
17. La P oesía en el Siglo XX.
A study of the major poets of Spain and Latin America since modernismo.
18. La N ovbla en bl Siglo XX.
A study of the major novelists since the Spanish Civil War.
19. P oesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .
Representative authors of the Siglo de Oro, excluding Cervantes.
52. Special T opics for Senior M ajors .
Readings selected to fit the needs of seniors and to supplement their ^selection of
courses. Not designed to prepare for any specific type of comprehensive examina
tion, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to see his courses
in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in other fields.
Sem in ars
101. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102. La N ovela
en el
Siglo XX.
103. Las O bras de Cervantes.
104. E l T eatro M oderno .
105. Poesía, T eatro y N ovela D el Siglo de O ro .
106. La P oesía
en el
107. La Literatura
Siglo XX.
de la
Edad M edia .
N ote: W hile the titles of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors students
read more extensively both in the texts nd critical work. The work of a seminar corresponds to
that of two half courses.
117
Music
A sso c ia te P r o f e s s o r : P e t e r G r a m Sw in g , Chairman
A ssist a n t P r o f e s s o r : C l a u d io S p ie s {
I n s t r u c t o r : J o s é S e r e b r ie r
L e c t u r e r : A l v in H . J o h n s o n
A s s is t a n t : C a r l R . B e r k y
The study of music as a liberal art requires an integrated approach to theory, history
and performance, experience in all three fields being essential to the understanding of
music as an artistic and intellectual achievement. Theory courses and seminars train
the student to handle musical materials, to hear and comprehend modes of organization
in actual compositions and to evolve methods in musical analysis. History courses and
seminars trace the development of these modes of organization in historical time, ex
ploring relationships with modes of organization found in other arts and realms of
thought. Performance is assumed as part of the training in hearing and comprehending
music, thus as an element in the academic program. While the Department does not give
course credit for instruction in performing on instruments and/or singing, it encourages its
students to develop performing skills through private study and through participation in
the chorus and orchestra, both of which are conducted by members of the Department.
Students wishing to combine instrumental or vocal studies outside the College with their
academic curriculum at Swarthmore can, with special permission from the Department and
the Dean, elect a five-year plan, thus reducing the normal number of courses to be
taken per semester.
R e q u ir e m e n t s f o r M a j o r s a n d M in o r s
Music 11-12 is prerequisite for acceptance as a major. All majors will take three full
courses in Theory and four half courses (or the equivalent in seminars) in History.
Music 1, 2 can be counted towards meeting the History requirement. A major who does
not take Music 1, 2 will include both Music 151 and Music 152 in his program.
Majors in Honors: A major in honors will normally take four examinations in music.
He will take Music 61-62 in course, preferably in the junior year, in preparation for an
honors examination on the material covered.
Minors in Honors: A minor in honors will normally take two examinations in music.
Music 11-12 (or the equivalent) is prerequisite for all History seminars; Music 1 or 2 is
strongly recommended.
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate work
in music requires a reading knowledge of French and German. A reading knowledge of
Latin is also desirable for students planning to do graduate work in musicology.
Instrumental proficiency: All majors in music will be expected to play the piano well
enough to perform at sight a two-part invention of J. S. Bach and a first movement of
an easy late 18th or early 19th century sonata. By the end of the junior year they
should be able to read chamber music scores as well as vocal music in four clefs. Stut
Absent on leave, 1962-63.
118
dents with exceptional proficiency In an instrument other than the piano or in singing
will not be expected to meet the performing standards of pianists.
T h e o r y a n d C o m p o s it io n
11-12. First Y ear T heory . Mr. Serebrier.
Full course
A course in elementary Harmony. Emphasis will be placed on written exercises
along with ear-training, dictation and keyboard harmony. Frequent reference will
be made to a variety of keyboard and chamber compositions which will be carefully
analysed.
13-14. Second Y ear T heory . Mr. Serebrier.
Full course
A course in Counterpoint, offering training in Modal Counterpoint with reference to
sixteenth-century practice, and in Tonal Counterpoint with specific reference to the
style of J. S. Bach. Students will be required to submit exercises at regular intervals.
Toward the end of the course they will compose several two-part Inventions. In addi
tion to exercises there will be analyses of a variety of compositions for vocal and
instrumental media.
61-62. T hird Y ear T heory . Staff.
Full course
Advanced work in theory covering specialized areas of Harmony, Counterpoint and
analysis.
Prerequisite: Music 11-12, Music 13-14.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
163. Advanced T heory .
181. Composition .
Offered as a tutorial to qualified students. Prerequisite: Music 62.
H ist o r y o f M u sic
1, 2. I ntroduction to th e H istory of M usic . Mr. Swing.
The study of a basic repertory of compositions within the historical context of the
eras in which they were written, with emphasis on training in listening and analysis.
The first semester deals with music to 1750, the second semester with music from
1750 to the present. Open to all students.
20. V ocal M usic . Mr. Johnson.
Fall semester
A study of selected compositions from the Middle Ages to the present, considering
style and form as related to problems of text-setting and contemporary esthetic doc
trine.
Prerequisite: One of the following: Music 1, Music 2, Music 12.
27. J. S. Bach . Mr. Swing.
Spring semester
A study of representative works, including the Mass in B Minor and the St. Matthew
Passion.
Prerequisite: Music 1, or the equivalent.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
128. W. A. M ozart. Mr. Swing.
Fall semester
A study of representative works in the light of modern style criticism. A reading
knowledge of French or German is desirable.
119
132. H istory
of th e
String Q uartet . Mr. Swing.
S p r in g se m ester
This seminar traces the development of the string quartet from the middle of the
18th century to the present through study of selected quartets by Haydn, Mozart,
Beethoven, Schubert, Brahms, Bart6k, and Webern.
Not offered in 1962-63.
151. M edieval and Renaissance M usic . Mr. Swing.
Poll semester
An introduction to the study of music from the 9th century to the middle of the
16th century. Emphasis will be placed on analysis of selected compositions, related
problems in performance practice, the function of music in the Catholic liturgy
and the relationship of music to the thought and art of the times.
Not offered in 1962-63; offered in 1963-64.
152.
Music in
th e Baroque Era . Mr. Johnson.
Spring semester
A continuation of Music 151. The emergence of opera, oratorio and cantata in Italy
and their dissemination over the Continent; the development of idiomatic instru
mental music.
191. T utorial .
Staff.
120
Philosophy and Religion
P rofessors : Richard B. Brandt , Chairman
M onroe C. B eardsley f
J o h n M. M oore
A ssistant Professors : J erome A. Shaffer
P. Linwood U rban
I nstructors : J aegwon K im
Lawrence Sklar
L ecturers : M alcolm L. D iamond
G ilmore Stott
The study of philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is committed
by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views of the world; clarifying
basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements may properly be
said to be true in all fields of human inquiry and concern, including ethical and aesthetic
discourse; and drawing the outlines of an account of human experience coherent with
the evidence of the sciences. Because of the role of philosophy in the history of human
thought, and because of the relation of philosophical ideas to problems in other fields,
philosophy may be studied as instrumental to the understanding of wider areas of history
or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system of ideas, both ethical and theological: sys
tematically, through a consideration of representative forms of contemporary religious
thought; and historically, through an examination of the great religions and the develop
ment of religion, particularly of the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R equirem ents and R ecommendations
for
M ajors and M inors
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or religion will
normally be the completion of one year’s work in the department. Students who major
in philosophy must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their
major requirement more than one course in religion; and students who major in religion
must obtain permission in order to count for credit in fulfillment of their major require
ment more than one course in philosophy. (Courses 25, 26 and 27 may be counted either
as philosophy or as religion.) Philosophy majors in course must elect course 52 in their
senior year.
1. Introduction to P hilosophy . The staff.
Each semester
Several of the most important problems of philosophy, and alternative answers to
them, are discussed. Typical examples are: the problem of free will, the arguments
for the existence of God, the nature of logic and mathematics, the sources and kinds
of knowledge, the justification of ethical judgments.
N ote : Course 1 is a prerequisite for courses 11 through 27. Other courses may be
taken in any order that is convenient. Members of the department will offer advice on
request concerning an order of courses to suit individual needs. Students planning to do
honors work should not take courses dealing with material to be covered in honors
seminars.
Absent on leave, spring semester, 1962-63.
121
11. Ethics . Mr. Stott.
Each semester
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their
justification. The emphasis is systematic, but works of leading ethical philosophers,
both classical and contemporary, will be read as illustrations of the major theories.
12. Logic. Mr. Kim.
Fall semester
An introduction to deductive logic with some attention to the problems of inductive
logic. The emphasis is on principles of logical inference in the propositional calculus
and general quantification theory. Due attention will be given to practical applica
tions of these principles. Other topics include: theory of definition, algebra of
classes, the nature of axiomatic systems, and probability.
13. Selected M odern P hilosophers . Mr. Shaffer.
Spring semester
The history of modern philosophy, with primary attention given to the problem of
the foundations, scope and limits of human knowledge, as examined by Descartes,
Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant.
14. A ncient P hilosophy .
Fall semester
A study of ancient philosophy in all its aspects: ethics, political theory, metaphysics,
and aesthetics. Primary emphasis is placed on the dialogues of Plato; briefer at
tention is given to the pre-Socratics, Plato’s contemporaries, and Aristotle.
15. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Kim.
Spring semester
A study of the nature, scope, and limitations of scientific method and scientific ex
planations. This involves, on the one hand, a treatment of a number of particular
logical problems such as the nature of laws, explanations, probability, and theories;
and, on the other hand, some treatment of a number of particular scientific topics
such as the definition of life, action at a distance, cosmology, the uncertainty prin
ciple, and evolution.
16. Contemporary P roblems. Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
Fall semester
A study of contemporary discussions of fundamental problems, such as the theory
of meaning, the foundations of knowledge, the perception of physical objects, the
nature of the self. Readings in the articles and books of major living philosophers,
including Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Ryle.
17. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
Spring semester
A study of some problems that arise in describing, interpreting, and evaluating
aesthetic objects, including literature, music and fine arts. Among these problems
are the clarification of such terms as "form,” "style,” and “meaning,” an examination
of current attempts to subsume aesthetic objects under the general theory of signs,
and the analysis of the reasoning by which value judgments about aesthetic objects
are supported and defended.
18. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Sklar.
Fall semester
A survey of the philosophical problems arising from the study of the history and
behavior of human societies. Some examples are: the possible limitations on pre
diction and explanation, the methodological role of value-judgments, the idea of the
society as more than its members, historical relativism, the concept of progress, ob
jectivity, the sociology of knowledge, the justification of democracy.
25. P hilosophy of R eligion . Mr. Diamond.
Spring semester
The nature of religion; the psychology and interpretation of religious experience;
the problem of religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties of Christian the
ology and ethics.
26. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will be
paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and
122
to outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be given to the contemporary
relevance of medieval thought.
Not offered in 1962-63.
27. T heology
and
Analytical P hilosophy . Mr. Moore and Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
A study in the meaning and verification of religious statements, the concept of
analogy, the nature of theological explanation, and the analytical critique of the
arguments for the existence of God. Readings in the articles and books of con
temporary thinkers, including Ayer, Flew, Hepburn, MacIntyre, Toulmin and Zuurdeeg. The course will consider both the question of the validity of the analytical
critique of traditional theology and the possibility of a philosophy of religion within
analytical philosophy.
Not offered in 1962-63.
31. P roblems of Christianity T oday. Mr. Urban.
Each semester
The purpose of this course is to study various answers to the chief religious problems
of the twentieth century. Problems include: faith and reason, the existence of God,
religion and morality, science and religion, the Bible, and the problem of evil.
Answers include reference to various schools of thought: fundamentalism, liberalism,
humanism, and neo-orthodoxy; and to the works of individual thinkers: Reinhold
Niebuhr, Paul Tillich, Martin Buber, and others. The student will be urged to
find his own answers and to work out his own religious beliefs.
N ote: Students planning to take more than one course in Religion should normally
commence with Course 31, although this course is not a prerequisite for the others.
32. Biblical Religion and Ethics . Mr. Moore.
Fall semester
Important parts of the Old and New Testament are examined, in order to trace the
growth of Hebrew and Christian religions and the development of the ideas of the
Judaeo-Christian tradition, both ethical and theological.
33. Early Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Fall semester
The rise and development of Christian thinking to the 13th century, the influence
of Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation of the creeds, Scholasticism, Au
gustine and Aquinas.
34. M odern Christian T hought . Mr. Urban.
Spring semester
The development of Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth century,
with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular thinking; the
main ideas of the Reformation, church and sect in the Reformation, Roman Catholic
development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
35. H istory of Religions. Mr. Moore.
Fall semester
An historical and comparative study of the world’s religions: primitive religions,
Hinduism, Buddhism, Chinese and Japanese religion, Islam. * Stress will be placed
upon the ethical and philosophical teaching of these religions and their role in the
interaction of modern cultures. Comparisons and contrasts will be made between
these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
51. Special T opics. Staff.
An intensive course may be offered from time to time in a field not covered by the
regular program. Open only to juniors and seniors.
52. Senior Conference . Staff.
For senior majors in philosophy.
the comprehensive examination.
Spring semester
Individual programs are planned to prepare for
123
H istory 61. Q uakerism . Mr. Tolies.
The history of the Society of Friends to the present day. The characteristic religious
and social ideas of the Quakers are considered in their historical setting. (May be
counted toward a major in religion.)
H onors W ork
For admission to honors in philosophy, the requirement is normally two semester
courses drawn from those numbered from 1 to 27. For admission to honors work in
religion, the requirement is normally two semester courses selected from among courses
numbered 1, and 25 to 45.
101. M oral P hilosophy . Mr. Brandt.
A study of the principal theories about value and moral obligation, and of their
justification, in the light of psychological and anthropological material; of the con
cepts of justice and human rights; of the implications for ethics of different the
ories about the freedom of the will. The emphasis is systematic, but works of
representative theorists, both classical and contemporary, will be read.
102. A ncient P hilosophy . Mr. Shaffer.
The development of Greek thought in ethics, metaphysics, logic and science, with
special attention to Plato and Aristotle. Emphasis is given to tracing the emergence
of distinctively philosophical and scientific methods, and the relation of these meth
ods to contemporary techniques.
103. H istory of M odern P hilosophy . Mr. Beardsley and Mr. Shaffer.
The development of modern thought from Descartes to Kant. This seminar may
appropriately be combined with work in any of the three divisions.
Mr. Brandt and Mr. Shaffer.
A study of contemporary theories on some basic problems such as the theory of
meaning, universals, the foundations of knowledge, theories of perception, the
nature of the self and mental states, and the relation of mind and body. The reading
is in the recent work of such philosophers as Broad, Ayer, Russell, Lewis, Ryle, and
Wittgenstein.
104. Contemporary P roblems.
105. P hilosophy of Science . Mr. Kim.
Spring semester
An advanced treatment of some funadmental problems in the field. Some of the
topics are: the nature of scientific explanations, laws, and theories; the concepts
of probability and meaningfulness; the thesis of determinism; definition and in
ference; the role of mathematics and models in science; simplicity; the problems
of definition and verification in such fields as cosmology, evolution, and psycho
analysis.
106. A esthetics. Mr. Beardsley.
A systematic examination of the philosophy of art and the methodological founda
tions of criticism. (See course 17.) Recommended for students of literature, music
and the fine arts.
107. Social P hilosophy . Mr. Sklar.
An advanced treatment of some problems arising from the study of societies and
individuals. Examples of topics: the nature of scientific method; the possibility
and significance of distinctions between these studies and the physical sciences;
sophisticated experimental design; analytical philosophy of history; the logical
character of explanations of behavior; the difference between causes of beliefs and
reasons for beliefs; the descriptive-evaluative distinction; ideal types and ideal
societies.
124
Fall s e m e s te r
108. Symbolic Logic. Mr. Kim.
The three aims of this seminar are (1) thorough coverage of the techniques of
elementary and intermediate symbolic logic, and some attention to advanced topics
(2) development of the various views about the foundations of mathematics in the
light of (1 ); (3) study of the logical implications and difficulties with (1) and
(2) with reference to, e.g., the paradoxes, orders of infinity, extensions ot the
number concept, the Godel and Skolem theorems.
109. T hb T hbory o f V alues .
An examination of the major problems concerning values, as they arise in the fields
of philosophy, psychology, and anthropology. Literature representing the influential
positions will be discussed. The emphasis will be on theoretical issues, especially
the philosophical ones.
Not offered in 1962-63.
110. M edieval P hilosophy . Mr. Urban.
Philosophical thought from Augustine to the fifteenth century. Attention will be
paid both to specific problems such as universals, analogy, and epistemology and
outstanding thinkers such as Anselm, Aquinas, Scotus and Ockham. Although the
primary emphasis will be historical, attention will be paid to the contemporary
relevance of medieval thought.
111. T h e Idea of G od in W estern T hought . Mr. Urban.
An examination will be made of writings which have contributed most to W estan
concepts of God. The study will include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius,
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, Rudolf Otto,
John Baillie and others.
112. Contemporary R eligious P hilosophers . Mr. Urban.
This seminar will concentrate on representative thinkers and schools of thought in
the present century. These will include Karl Barth, Martin Buber^Jacques Maritain,
Reinhold Niebuhr, William Temple, Paul Tillich, and Henry N. Wieman.
120. T hesis .
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place of one of the
semitSrs, upon application by the student and at the discretion of the Department
125
Physical Education for Men
D irecto r o f A t h l e t ic s a n d P hysical E d u c a tio n
a t e P r o fe sso r : W illis J. S t e t s o n
for
M en
and
A ssoci
A ssociate P ro fesso rs : L ew is H . E lverson
E d w in J. F a u l k n e r
A ssistant P r o fesso r : G o m e r D avies
A ssistan ts : B r o o k e P. C o t t m a n
R obert B. F orw ood
J am es W . L u k e n s , J r .
J a m es J. M c A doo
J a m es H . M il l e r
C o lleg e P h y sic ia n : D r . M orris A. B o w ie
The course in Men's Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant with
both team and individual sports. The value of team play is developed while emphasis is
also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy after graduation.
Each individual, while benefiting from the physical exercise, also becomes better ac
quainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., of the various sports and so is better able to
enjoy these activities as a spectator.
The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many of these activities there are contests arranged for
junior varsity teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large numbers of men to
engage in intercollegiate competition.
F a c u lty R eq u ir e m e n t s
Physical education is required of all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless
excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must attend
a minimum of three classes per week.
All men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this require
ment. A semester s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the Junior
year. No man with a deficiency in physical education is permitted to enter his Senior
year.
F a l l A ctivities
Badminton
♦Cross Country
♦Football
Golf
♦Soccer
Badminton
♦Basketball
Boxing
Lacrosse
♦Swimming
Tennis
♦Baseball
♦Golf
♦Lacrosse
Softball
♦Tennis
Tennis
Touch Football
S w im m ing
W in t e r A ctivities
Track
Volley Ball
♦Wrestling
S p r in g A ctivities
♦Track
Volley Ball
* Indicates intercollegiate competition.
126
Physical Education for Women
A ssociate P r o fessors : V irg in ia R a t h , Chairman
Ir en e M oll
A ssistant P r o fesso r : E l e a n o r K . H ess
I n s t r u c t o r : A il y n T erada
C o lleg e P h y sic ia n : D r . M orris A . B o w ie
The aim of the Department is to contribute to the education of all women students
through the medium of physical activity. We believe this contribution can best be
achieved through participation in a broad program of recreational, rhythmic and develop
mental activities. The program provides: instruction and experience in sports and
dancing; swimming instruction on all levels; corrective and developmental exercises.
It is our hope that the student will also acquire: appreciation of the dance as an art
form; good sportsmanship; added endurance; good posture; leadership training; joy
in outdoor exercise; and a program of interests and skills that will carry over for her
after college, so she may become a useful part of her community.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped where
possible according to ability. Ample opportunities are given for intramural and inter
collegiate competition, as well as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods of activity each week. These may be
elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming until a
test is passed; take a dance activity; take a team sport; take developmental gymnastics
if the posture grade or motor skill test indicate a need for it.
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens. Blanks for this purpose
will be sent out from the Office of the Dean to all incoming students.
Spo rts
Archery. Miss Rath.
Class and Varsity.
Vail and Spring
Badminton. Miss Hess, Miss Rath, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Terada.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Basketball. Miss Moll, Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Winter
Bowling. Staff.
Winter
Golf. Miss Moll.
Class and Varsity.
Fall and Spring
Hockey. Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Fall Term
i
Lacrosse. Miss Hess.
Class and Varsity.
Spring
Soccer. Miss Hess.
W in te r
Class.
127
Spring
Softball . Miss Moll.
Class and Varsity.
Sw imming . Miss Rath, Miss Hess, Miss Terada.
Fall, Winter and Spring
Beginner, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes, diving, and water ballet.
Class and Varsity.
T bnnis . Miss Terada, Miss Hess, Mr. Faulkner, Miss Rath and Miss Moll.
Fall, Winter and Spring
V ollbyball. Miss Moll, Miss Hess, Miss Terada.
Winter
Class and Varsity.
W ater Ballet . Miss Terada.
Fall and Spring
O t h e r A ctivities
Miss Rath, Miss Terada.
Winter
Required of all first-year students whose posture grade or motor ability test indicate
a need for it.
D evelopmental G ymnastics.
Fall and Winter
F olk and Square D ancing . Miss Moll
Open to men students also.
Fall, Winter and Spring
M odern D ance . Miss Terada.
Class and Club.
R ecreational M aterials and Resources. Staff.
Winter and Spring
Red Cross Life Saving and W ater Safety . Miss Rath.
Winter and Spring
Senior and Instructors' courses.
128
Physics
P ro fesso rs : W illia m C. E lm o r e , Chairman
M il a n W . G a rrett
A ssociate P r o fe sso r : P a u l C. M ang elsd o rf , J r .
A ssistant P ro fesso rs : R o b er t N . E u w em a
M ark A. H eald
I n s t r u c t o r : J arl A. E lm g r en
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, endeavors
to give an integrated account of basic physics. In this course, as well as in the advanced
work of the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical reasoning, as distinct
from the mere acquisition of facts and skills. The introductory course makes no pretense
of covering all material of interest to physicists, but rather comprises a selection of topics
which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study of topics covered
at the introductory level, and of many phases of modern physics which require a con
siderable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and seminars particular
importance is attached to laboratory work, since physics is primarily an experimental
science. Honors candidates taking physics seminars accompanied by laboratory work must
submit their laboratory notebooks to the visiting examiners for their inspection.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d R ec o m m e n d a t io n s
f o r M a jo r s a n d M in o rs
Students who intend to major in physics normally take Physics 1, 2 and Chemistry 1, 2
in the freshman year and Physics 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition they should
complete Mathematics 12 by the end of their sophomore year. In view of graduate school
requirements and of the extensive literature of physics in German and Russian, it is
strongly recommended that the student fulfill his language requirement in one of these
languages. A grade of C or better in Physics 1, 2 is normally prerequisite for all further
work in the department.
Honors students majoring in physics normally take Physics 102, 112, 113, in that order,
and Mathematics 101, 102. A third mathematics seminar, usually Mathematics 104, is
encouraged but not required. An honors student who has been unable to schedule Physics
11,12 should plan to take Physics 111. Other seminars in the program may be chosen from
astronomy, biology, chemistry, electrical engineering, engineering sciences, experimental
psychology, or philosophy. Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way of preparing
for graduate or other professional work in physics or mathematics. However, it constitutes
in itself an effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an
understanding of fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery of informa
tion, skills, and techniques in a limited segment of science.
Course students majoring in physics normally complete the following courses in their
junior and senior years: Mathematics 51, 52; Electrical Engineering 53, 56; Chemistry
61, 62; and Physics 51, 52. This program provides a well-rounded study of physics,
and by requiring less intensive concentration than an honors program offers the student
the opportunity to extend his work outside the Division of the Natural Sciences. It
should also meet the needs of those who wish to teach science in secondary school.
129
Secondary school students who are considering majoring in physics at Swarthmore are
strongly encouraged to complete four years of mathematics and a minimum of two
years of either German or Russian, or French if neither of these is available.
C ou rse St a t e m e n t
I , 2. G eneral P hysics. Mr. Garrett, Mr. Elmgren, and Staff.
An introductory course in basic physics. During the first semester special emphasis
is placed on particle mechanics, conservation principles, harmonic motion, kinetic
theory and heat. During the second semester the topics include basic concepts in
electricity and magnetism, direct current circuits, and optics, with a brief introduction
to quantum physics. This course, or its equivalent, must precede any advanced
courses or seminars in physics. It is required of most science majors. Three
lectures, a conference, and a laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 3, 4 taken concurrently, or equivalent preparation in
mathematics.
7-8. Concepts and T heories in P hysical Science . Mr. Rosenberg.
F u ll course
The first semester consists in an analysis of motion leading to the Newtonian syn
thesis, the conservation laws of physics, the development of an atomic theory of
matter, the Periodic Table of Elements, and the kinetic theory of gases.
The second semester considers the evolution of modern physics: physical properties
of light, aspects of relativity, the wave versus the quantum theory of light, certain
electrical phenomena, the atomicity of charge, Bohr’s model of the atom, radioactivity,
fundamental particles, the nuclear atom and nuclear energy, stellar energy.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
I I , 12. M echanics and W ave M otion . M r. Elmgren and Mr. Elmore.
Particle and rigid body mechanics with an introduction to advanced dynamics. Elastic
waves and wave motion. Interference and diffraction phenomena. Considerable
emphasis is placed on laboratory work, both to illuminate and extend the subject
matter, and to foster the students’ ability to work independently. This course is
required of physics majors. In addition, this course or its equivalent, Physics 111,
is recommended for others who desire further work in physics.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11, 12 taken concurrently.
51, 52. M odern P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf and Mr. Euwema.
A selection of topics including special relativity; quantum theory with applications
to atomic structure and solid-state physics; nuclear and high-energy physics. Three
lectures and one laboratory period weekly. Open to seniors only.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 and consent of the instructor.
53. Circuit T heory I.
(Identical with Electrical Engineering 53)
56. Field T heory .
(Identical with Electrical Engineering 56)
F a ll semester
Spring semester
H o n o rs S em in a rs
102. E lectricity and M agnetism . Mr. Garrett, Mr. Heald, and Mr. Euwema.
Spring semester
-Classical electrodynamics, covering static and dynamic electricity, magnetism and
electromagnetism, with some electronics. Laboratory measurements in direct and
alternating currents and in magnetism, together with fundamental experiments in
electronics.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 101, or 103, and Physics 11, 12 (or 111).
130
Fall semester
A study of the partial differential equations of physics, and their solution for par
ticular cases. Expansions in orthogonal functions, linear vector spaces and matrices.
Fourier and Laplace transforms. Problems arising in all areas of physics will be
treated. This seminar is recommended for physics majors who have a particular
interest in theoretical physics. Not accompanied by laboratory.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 102, and Physics 11, 12 (or 111) and 102.
104. M athematical P hysics. Mr. Euwema.
Fall semester
This seminar covers substantially the same material as Physics 11, 12. It is offered
for students unable to schedule the course, and who desire further work in physics
as part of an honors program. One full-day laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 12.
111. Classical M echanics and W aves, Mr. Heald.
Fall semester
Free and guided electromagnetic waves, with particular emphasis on waves in the
microwave, optical and X-ray regions. The velocity of electromagnetic waves and
the theory of special relativity. Thermal radiation and early quantum theory through
the Bohr atom. Quantum statistics with applications. Accompanied by a full-day
laboratory each week.
112. Radiation and Statistical P hysics. Mr. Elmore.
Prerequisite: Physics 102.
Spring semester
The particle-wave duality in quantum theory. Schroedinger’s equation and its solu
tion. Atomic structure and spectra including X-rays. The band theory of solids.
Nuclear and high-energy physics. The laboratory includes basic experiments in
atomic and nuclear physics.
Prerequisites: Physics 11, 12 (or 111) and Physics 102, or their equivalents in
the Honors Program in Engineering Sciences.
113. Q uantum and N uclear P hysics. Mr. Mangelsdorf.
131
Political Science
P r o fesso r : J. R o la n d P e n n o c k ,* Chairman
A ssociate P ro fessors : C h arles E. G ilbert
D avid G. Sm it h
K e n n e t h N. W a l t z ,
Acting Chairman fall semester
V isitin g A ssociate P r o fesso r : J o h n W . C h a p m a n |
A ssistant P r o fesso r : G e n e D . O verstreet
I n s t r u c t o r : C yril B. R o sem a n
The aim of the Department of Political Science is to study, both in ideal and in reality,
the place of the state in society and to contribute to an understanding of the purposes,
organization, and operation of political institutions, domestic and international. For the
begining student, the Department offers an introduction to the nature of politics and to
the problems of various political systems. For those who become majors or for others
who take additional work in political science, courses are provided which will permit
giving special attention to the areas of political theory, comparative government, govern
ment in the. United States, and international relations.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R ec o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M a jo r s
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. Students who intend
to major in political science should, preferably, take Course 1-2 in the freshman year
and Course 11 in the sophomore year; however, Course 11 may be taken by sophomores
concurrently with Course 2. Students who desire to concentrate on international affairs
without taking the full International Relations Program referred to below may substitute
Comparative Government (Political Science 15) or The Soviet System (Political
Science 19) or Asian Political Systems (Political Science 20) for Course 11. Majors
are also advised to take Economics 1-2. Courses in Statistics (Economics 4) and in
American history are recommended. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course, is
required of all majors; course majors should take Course 60.
P rogram
in
I n t e r n a t io n a l R ela tio n s
Students who plan to enter upon a career in the field of international relations should
include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses in eco
nomics, history and political science and should complete the intermediate course in one
or more modem languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in the
programs of students who do their major work in economics, history, political science,
or a modern language.
Those students who wish to concentrate in international relations may take their Senior
Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examination should
take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below, including all of
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more in Group III. The
examination is administered by a committee appointed by the chairmen of the Depart
ments of Economics, History, and Political Science, under the Chairmanship of the
Department of Political Science.
* Absent on leave, fall semester, 1962-63.
Ì Fall semester, 1962-63.
132
Group I
Political Science 12—International Politics
Political Science 13—International Law and Organization
Political Science 57-58—American Foreign Policy
Economics 60—International Economics
Group II
History
History
History
History
History
History
11—The Other American Republics
12—Modern China and Japan
13—East Asia
14—Russia
15—The Expansion of Europe
62—The Near and Middle East
Group III
Political
Political
Political
Political
Science
Science
Science
Science
15—Comparative Government
19—The Soviet System
20—Asian Political Systems
55—Modern Political Theory
Students who plan to enter the honors program will find it possible to select a similar
combination of courses and seminars in the field of international relations. In planning
such programs, they should consult with the chairmen of their prospective major de
partments.
C ourses
1-2. Introduction to P olitical Science .
All members of the department.
Full course
The foundations of politics—historical, economic, psychological, sociological, and
ideological; nature and development of political institutions. Application of the
foundations as instanced bv major types of government, including a more detailed
study of selected aspects of American national government. Political Science 1-2 is
open to all students and is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the department.
Credit is not given for a single semester of this course.
11. Problems in Com m unity G overnment . Mr. Roseman.
Spring semester
The sociological, economic, and legal setting of local government. Politics and ad
ministration at the state and local levels. Federalism, intergovernmental relations,
and the metropolitan area. City planning. The course emphasizes field work and
research in nearby communities.
12. International P olitics. Mr. W altz.
Alternate years, fall semester
Approaches to the theory and practice of international politics such as those de
veloped by liberals, pacifists, behavioralists, and socialists will be examined in some
detail before considering the abiding and changing patterns of relations among states
and the various factors that affect them.
13. International Law
and
O rganization .
Mr. Waltz.
Alternate years, spring semester
The development of international law and organization, including a study of the
major problems of international law and world government and of the structure,
accomplishments and limitations of general and regional organizations.
15. Comparative G overnment . Mr. Smith.
Alternate years, fall semester
A critical study of selected political systems of Western and Eastern Europe. The
major countries studied include France, Germany, Italy, and the states of Central
and Eastern Europe. Major emphasis will be placed on comparative politics and
comparative public policy, as well as the relation of domestic politics to problems
of foreign policy and international cooperation.
Not offered in 1962-63.
133
19. T he Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Spring semester
An analysis of the Soviet political system in relation to its theoretical and historical
bases and its socio-economic setting. Topics included are the role of the Party,
the nature of governmental institutions and mass organizations, economic structure
and policy, selected problems of domestic and foreign policy, and a comparative
examination of other Communist political systems, notably that of China.
20. Asian P olitical Systems. Mr. Overstreet.
Vail semester
A comparative study of the contemporary political systems of China, Japan, and India.
Introductory consideration is given to nationalism in Asia, with its traditionalist,
Marxist, and liberal democratic elements, while, in the concluding section, attention
is given to special features of political development in backward areas.
51. P ublic Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Alternate years, fall semester
An analysis of policy-making and administration in modem governments with illus
trative material drawn chiefly from the national government of the United States
and with particular reference to recent developments. Problems of administrative
organization, conduct of regulatory and managerial activities, financial administration,
personnel, public relations, administrative law, politics and administration.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
Not offered in 1962-63.
52. A merican C onstitutional L aw. Mr. Gilbert or Mr. Pennock.
Fall semester
The role of the Supreme Court in the American political system, viewed both his
torically and through analysis of leading cases. Areas of Constitutional develop
ment emphasized are: the nature and exercise of judicial review; federalism and
the scope of national power; civil liberties.
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen. Sophomores carrying five, courses will be
relieved of the term paper requirement.
53. A merican P arty P olitics. Mr. Roseman.
Alternate years, fall semester
An historical and functional analysis of American political parties. The study of
interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior, electoral systems and represen
tation, the legislative process.
54 . P olitical T heory : P lato to Rousseau. Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
The development of thought on the nature of the state and of individual rights
and duties, based largely on readings of the chief political philosophers from Plato
to Rousseau. Topics studied include: Greek and Roman political thought; medieval
universalism and the divine right of kings; the Reformation and the development
of contractual theory; natural law and natural rights.
Open to sophomores planning to take the "Modem and Analytical” version of the
Political Theory honors seminar; otherwise to juniors and seniors only, except by
special arrangement.
55. M odern P olitical T heory . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
Political theory from the Enlightenment to the present. Idealism and romantic and
conservative nationalism; anarchism, Marxism, and later socialist doctrines; Utili
tarianism and "revisionist” Liberalism; pragmatic and sociological theories of politics;
conservative critics of democracy and the political theories of authoritarianism and
of fascism. Considerable time will be devoted to the analysis of liberal, democratic,
and totalitarian theories and to influential theories of an ideological quality such as
nationalism, Marxism, and fascism.
56. J urisprudence . Mr. Pennock.
Alternate years, spring semester
A study of the sources and nature of law; historical, sociological and philosophic
approaches to legal theory; the nature of the judicial process; key problems of
jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas of American constitutional
law.
Open to sophomores by arrangement with the instructor.
134
Alternate years, full course
The problem of defining the objectives of American foreign policy and of selecting
the means for achieving them; past, present and suggested American strategies in
world politics; the influence of internal and external conditions on the making
of foreign policy; the effects of our policies in crucial parts of the world.
Not offered in 1962-63.
57-58. A mbrican F orbign P olicy. Mr. W altz.
59. Marxism. Mr. Smith.
A study of Marxist political theory and philosophy. Primary emphasis is placed on
the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin. In addition, some attention is de
voted to the background of Marxist thought as well as to influential derivatives of
Marxism other than Communism. Selected examples of contemporary Marxist theory
are also considered.
60. Special T opics in P olitical Sciencb . Mr. Smith.
Spring semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By means
of papers and assigned readings it covers aspects of political science not elsewhere
intensively developed and helps the students to integrate materials studied previously.
H onors W ork
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2.
for a degree with Honors:
The following seminars prepare for examination
101. (a) and (b ). P olitical T heory . Mr. Chapman or Mr. Pennock.
Each semestet
The nature of the state, the bases of political obligation, sovereignty and the
nature of law, liberty, equality, rights, democracy, totalitarianism—all in the light
of the theories set forth by writers on these subjects from Plato to the present. This
seminar is given in two versions, one (101a) beginning with Plato and proceeding
chronologically, and the other (101b, designated "Modem and Analytical ) starting
with Machiavelli and organized in more topical fashion. It is desirable for students
planning to take 10 lb to take Political Science 54 during their sophomore year.
102. Politics and Legislation . Mr. Gilbert.
Spring semester
The study of political parties, interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior,
electoral systems and representation, the legislative process. Emphasis is on
American politics, with some comparative material; and, ultimately, on politics from
the standpoint of theories of political democracy.
103. P roblems in G overnment and Administration . Mr. Gilbert.
Pall semester
A detailed study of the forms and functions of modem govenmient, particularly
on the administrative side. Problems of administrative organization, policy-making
and responsibility in the light of democratic political purposes and processes and
the legal, sociological, and economic setting. Emphasis is on United States experi
ence, although relevant experience abroad is examined.
104. International P olitics, Law , and O rganization . Mr. Waltz.
Pall semester
A comprehensive inquiry into the principles and problems of international politics,
international law, and international organization.
105. American F oreign P olicy. Mr. W altz.
Spring semester
A study of key problems faced by the United States in the modern world together
with a detailed, critical investigation of the making and implementing of American
foreign policy. The changing assumptions of our policy and the political, economic,
and social influences upon it will be carefully considered.
106. P ublic Law and J urisprudence . Mr. Pennock.
Spring semester
Sources and nature of law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and realistic ap
proaches to law; key problems of jurisprudence illustrated by study of the fields
of federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
135
107. T hb Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Spring semester
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in relation
to their theoretical and historical background; selected problems of domestic and
foreign policy; a comparative examination of other Communist political systems,
notably that of China.
108. Comparative Government . Mr. Smith.
Fall semester
Advanced study of comparative government; governmental structures and political
processes largely as exemplified by selected governments of Western and Eastern
Europe; inquiries into common problems, such as planning, defense, nationalization,
and trans-national political movements.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
13 6
Psychology and Education
P ro fessors : H a n s W alla ch 4 Chairman
So l o m o n E. A sch
J o s e p h B. Sh a n e
A ssociate P r o fesso r : H e n r y G l e it m a n , Acting Chairman
A ssistant P r o fesso r : D e a n P eabody
L ec t u r e r s : E lise S. B a r t h o l o m e w
A lice K . B rodhead
D o n a l d R. B r o w n
R esearch A ssocia te : E il e e n B. K arsh
A ssista n t : F redda St e in m a n
The work of the Department of Psychology deals with the scientific study of human
behavior and experience: the basic processes of perception, learning, thinking and moti
vation, and consideration of their relation to development of the individual personality;
and the social relations of the indivdual to other persons and to groups. For those students
planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the courses and seminars of
the department are designed to provide a sound basis of und drstanding of psychological
principles and a grasp of research method. Other students learn the nature of psycho
logical inquiry and the psychological approach to various problems encountered in the
humanities, the social sciences and the life sciences.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R ec o m m en d a tio n s
Both semesters of the course Introducton to Psychology are required of all students
who wish to take other courses or seminars in the department. The two semesters of
this course may be taken in either sequence. Credit is given for either semester, and
either semester may be used to fulfill the general curriculum requirement. Majors in
course are required to take at least one course with a laboratory and majors in Honors one
of the seminars in experimental psychology: 101, 102, or 108.
Courses in education—11, 12, 14, 15 and 16 will not be credited toward a major in
psychology. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not more than
two full courses in education will be accepted for credit toward the bachelor s degree.
Swarthmore students may fulfill the Pennsylvania requirements for the certification of
secondary school teachers by taking:
Psychology 1—Introduction to Psychology.
Education 11—Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
Education 12—Principles and Methods of Secondary Education.
Education 15—History of Education.
History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (arrangements must be made for special
work in the History of Pennsylvania). Only one term is required.
A m in im u m of three full courses (or six half-courses) in the subject or field in which
the student expects to teach.
Education 16—Practice Teaching.
t Absent on leave, 1962-63.
137
Swarthmore students may receive credit toward a Pennsylvania elementary school cer
tificate by taking:
Psychology 1—Introduction to Psychology.
Psychology 55—Child Psychology.
Education I I —Educational Psychology.
Education 14—Introduction to Teaching.
History 4, 5, 6 or 7—The United States (with special work in Pennsylvania history).
Only one term is required.
Psychology
Mr. Gleitman.
Spring semester
On introduction to the basic processes underlying human and animal behavior:
sensation and perception, learning and thinking, emotion and motivation.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
1. I ntroduction to P sychology.
2. I ntroduction to Psychology. Staff.
Fall semestet
An introduction to the study of human behavior in its social context. Topics to
be stressed: conflict, personality development and psychopathology; the psychology
of language and of the arts; individual differences and testing; attitudes and social
action.
Three lectures plus weekly conference hour to be arranged.
Spring semester
Emphasis is upon the role of dynamic factors (drives, needs, values) in the deter
mination of behavior. Consideration is given to the measurement of motives, the
relationship between biological and psychological tension-systems, conflict, frustra
tion, success and failure, reward and punishment. Evaluation of the theories of
motivation of McDougall, Tolman, Lewin, Allport, Murray and Freud. Term
paper or design of an original experiment is required.
12. M otivation .
14. Learning and Behavior T heory .
This course will cover the major attempts to systematize the phenomena of simple
learning and behavioral processes, taken primarily from the animal level, including
conditioning, reinforcement, generalization and extinction. It will also consider the
attempts to derive more complex phenomena from these simpler ones.
15. Anim al Experimentation . Mr. Gleitman.
Offered irregularly on request
Students desiring to exercise this option should consult with the Staff at least one
semester in advance.
17. H um an L earning and T hin king .
An examination of the phenomena of association, memory, problem solving, thinking
and language.
Mr. Wallach.
Laboratory section one afternoon per week to be arranged. The major facts and
some problems of visual perception are outlined and used to acquaint the student
with experimental research.
50. P erception .
Alternate years
The development of the child from birth through puberty, studied in terms of basic
psychological principles. Important theories and practices of child-rearing are evalu. ated in the light of experimental and cross-cultural data. Topics include the sig
nificance of infantile and childhood experience on subsequent personality develop
ment, parent-child relationships, sibling rivalry, and the "behavior problems” which
typically occur during the socialization process. One of the following is required:
(1 ) acting as an assistant in a child-care center for approximately 20 hours, (2)
an intensive study of a single child.
55. Child Psychology.
138
56. Social Psychology. Mr. Asch.
Fall semester
A study of some basic processes and products of interaction between persons and
groups and between groups. The following topics are covered: the formation
of the social field of the indivdual. Perception of persons as psychological entities.
Perception of groups. Formation of the self; social relations of the self. Psycho
logical forces supporting group-belonging. Functional consequences of group mem
bership. The psychological investigation of group processes. Group require
ments and group standards. Formation and change of attitudes.
57. Psychological T ests and M easurements.
Alternate years
The concept of psychological measurements as applied to tests of intelligence, per
sonality, interests, and abilities. The course surveys a wide variety of contemporary
tests and studies intensively the characteristics and underlying assumptions of one
representative test of each major type. (Open to sophomores.)
58. Personality. Mr. Peabody.
Fall semester
Intensive study of some of the main theories of personality examined in the light
of recent research. Extensive use of case material will be made.
60. Physiological P sychology.
Fall semester
The physiological foundations of human and animal behavior, including sensory
function, metabolic and endocrine functions, the nervous systems, and response
mechanisms; the application of such facts to motives and appetites, to emotion, to
perceiving and to learning and thinking.
63-64. Systematic Seminar . The Staff.
Full course, spring semester
A double credit course requiring half the student’s time for a semester. This
seminar covers the major integrative theories or approaches to psychology, including
structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie, and psychoanalysis. Ma
jors students who so elect will take Course 63-64 in their senior year. The course
is open only to senior psychology majors except by special arrangement.
65. H istory of Psychology. Mr. Gleitman.
This course is given as an alternative to 63-64. It is a lecture course open to
juniors and seniors. It covers the major integrative theories or approaches to psy
chology, including structuralism, functionalism, behaviorism, Gestalttheorie, and
psychoanalysis.
The following courses are not to be counted toward a major in psychology and are
not included in the comprehensive examination; they are designed primarily for students
whose major work is in other departments.
41. T he Psychology of D ramatic E xperience and P resentation . Mr. Gleitman.
The object of this course is to explore some possible contributions of scientific
psychology—in particular, the psychology of emotional expression—to an area
hitherto the domain only of intuitive artists. Topics of discussion will include
structural aspects of dramatic forms, the experience of the comic and the tragic,
psychological problems of timing and rhythm, theories of acting and direction,
and the like. The course will involve some laboratory work, testing relevant hy
potheses with standard experimental techniques. Permission of instructor is
necessary.
Prerequisite, Psychology 1. Some contact with drama either through the literature
or in practice is desirable.
Three hours lecture per week and 2 hours laboratory.
Not offered in 1962-63.
42. Applied Social Psychology.
This course deals with communications within groups, leadership, attitudes and
propaganda, wage payment plans, consumer motivation and behavior, and the
structure of organizations. Attention will be given to the application of concepts
139
that have been drawn from the laboratory study of motivation, perception, and
learning.
Not offered in 1962-63.
43. E motional
and
M otivational P rocesses. Mr. Hunt, Dr. Saul, Mr. Wallach.
Spring semester
The role of emotions and motives in the process of reaching maturity. In addition
to readings in the general literature, a number of case histories will be studied. To
increase the student’s insight into the difficulties and possibilities of emotional
growth.
Education
11. Educational Psychology. Mr. Shane.
Fall semester, alternate years
The application of psychological principles concerned with the processes of thinking,
learning and motivation to the problems of education.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
12. P rinciples and M ethods of Secondary Education .
Mr. Shane.
Fall semester, alternate years
A study of the principles of secondary education, with emphasis upon aims and
organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
14. I ntroduction to T eaching . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Current educational theory and practice. Weekly seminar plus three hours a week
assisting in a classroom in the local schools.
15. H istory of Education . Mrs. Brodhead.
Each semester
Educational thought in our western culture from the Greeks to the present day.
Weekly seminar.
Mrs. Brodhead.
A limited number of students may complete the Pennsylvania requirement of 180
hours in the Swarthmore High School summer session under the direction of their
teaching staff. Students should enroll for this course at the January registration.
They must be recommended by the college department whose subject they plan to
teach.
H o n o r s S em in a rs
16. P ractice T eaching .
101. P erception . Mr. Wallach.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. The
student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms, par
ticularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific topics cov
ered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size, movement, in
fluences of learning and of needs and attitudes, general theory of perception. When
time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems in other senses.
102. Learning and Behavior T heory . Mr. Gleitman.
This seminar will undertake a systematic analysis of the major phenomena and
theories of learning, based primarily upon material drawn from the animal level.
Among the topics discussed will be the following: classical and instrumental con
ditioning, the nature of the response, generalization and discrimination, primary
and secondary reinforcement and drive, extinction and interference processes, com
plex learning and problem-solving. Theories discussed will be those of Hull,
Guthrie, Skinner, and Tolman, as well as some current mathematical approaches
to learning and decision-making.
103. M otivation .
A systematic and experimental approach to the dynamics of behavior, based on
material drawn from the laboratory and the clinic, and covering the following
topics: instinctive behavior and biological drives; the relation of motivation and
learning; derived motivation; the relation of perception and motivation; frus
140
tration and its relation to aggression, regression; level of aspiration; success and
failure; substitution and sublimation; ego needs and the nature of the ego; emotion
and feeling; contemporary theories of motivation.
104. I ndividual in Society . Mr. Asch, Mr. Peabody.
The relationship between man and his society, approached from the points of view
of social psychology, sociology, and cultural anthropology; the study of groupstructures and the psychological consequences of group-membership; the critique
of available procedures for scientific treatment of group-behavior and groupinfluences.
105. P ersonality. Mr. Peabody.
The personality concept, considered broadly as the individual’s characteristic repre
sentation of and reaction to events of emotional significance in living. Principal
attention to the origin of contemporary thought on personality in Freud’s writings
and the relation of his concepts to general theory in psychology. Topics such as
the adjustive, motivational and cognitive aspects of personality, the nature of our
phenomenal experience of self and of personality, the concepts of unrecognized
and unconscious processes, personality types, the characteristics of good and poor
adjustment, and methods of personality study. Problems of the origin, persistence
and change of personality habits as these are understood in personality theory
on the one hand and in the psychology of learning and perception on the other.
Laboratory work in the study of problems in personality when conditions permit.
106. D evelopment . Mr. Gleitman.
An investigation of the concepts of psychological growth, including sensori-motor
skill, intellectual and emotional functions, and personality. Readings in experi
mental and clinical literature; some direct observation and experimentation with
children.
107. P hysiological P sychology.
The seminar will consider physiological mechanisms underlying selected psycho
logical phenomena. Particular attention will be given to sensation and perception
(especially visual), learning (the role of maturation, nature of memory traces),
and motivation (the biological drives, attention). The evidence to be examined
comes mostly from the study of the central nervous system of mammals.
Prerequisites: A good background in the natural sciences is desirable.
Psychology 1 and 2 and Biology 1 and 2 are required.
Mr. Asch.
An inquiry into human cognitive processes, including human learning, memory
functions, thinking, and language phenomena. Topics to be considered _will be:
principles of association; association and perceptual organization; recognition and
recall; interference phenomena; trace theory; attention and mental set; concept
formation; problem-solving and insight; symbolic operations; semantic and syn
tactic processes.
108. M emory, T hinking , Language.
120. T hesis. All members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing
major work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some member of the
department is available to undertake the direction of die thesis.
M aster ’s D egree
A limited number of students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program of work for the Master’s degree requires the completion of four semi
nars, or their equivalent. One of the seminars must be a research seminar leading to a
Thesis. The work of the seminars is judged by external examiners. The requirements
for the Master’s degree can normally be completed in one year.
141
Russian Studies
A grant from the Carnegie Corporation made possible the inauguration of a Russian
Studies program, in the fall of 1949, at Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore Colleges.
While the grant has now expired, Swarthmore College continues to offer courses in
Russian language, history, and political and social institutions.
Courses in this group cannot themselves comprise a major subject. Courses in the
Russian language may be used to fulfill the college foreign language requirement. Courses
and seminars in Russian histoiy and in Russian political and economic institutions may be
counted toward a major or minor in the departments offering them. (These courses are
listed under their appropriate departments.)
R ussian L anguage
Full course
Designed to familiarize the beginner with the essentials of the spoken and written
language. Fundamentals of grammar and reading of easy literary prose.
1-2. Elementary R ussian.
3, 4. I ntermediate R ussian .
Reading of selections from Russian I9th century and contemporary prose and poetry.
Short Russian area study: geography, history, constitution.
Translations from Russian fiction and periodicals. Review of grammar.
Conversation. Reports. Composition. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 1-2 or its equivalent.
11, 12. I ntroduction to Literature .
Readings in Russian classical literature: Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol, Tolstoy, Turgenev, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov. Study of these writers’ biographies and their
political and social backgrounds. Intensive work in translation and composition.
Advanced conversation. Conducted in Russian.
Prerequisite: Russian 3, 4 or its equivalent.
101. T olstoy.
102. Chekhov and G orky .
H istory
Fall semester
The history of modern Russia. The course begins with the reign of Peter and
gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
14. Russia. Mr. Beik.
Honors seminar
The origins and consequences of the Russian Revolution and the development of the
Soviet zone in East Central Europe.
117. Eastern Europe . Mr. Beik.
P olitical
and
E c o n o m ic I n s t it u t io n s
19* T h e Soviet System . Mr. Osborn.
Spring semester
An analysis^ of the Soviet political system in relation to its theoretical and historical
bases and its socio-economic setting. Topics included are the role of the Party,
the nature of governmental institutions and mass organizations, economic structure
and policy, selected problems of domestic and foreign policy, and a comparative
examination of other Communist political systems, notably that of China.
107. T h e Soviet System . Mr. Overstreet.
Honors seminar
A study of political, social, and economic institutions in the Soviet Union in re
lation to their theoretical and historical background; Soviet foreign relations and
the international Communist movement.
142
R eference Section
Visiting Examiners—May-June, 1962
ASTRONOMY: P rofessor A rthur Beer, Cambridge University; P rofessor Leendert
Bin n e n d ijk , University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor Louis G reen , Haverford
College.
BIOLOGY: P rofessor L. J oe Berry, Bryn M am College; P rofessor Ralph O. Erick
son , University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor C harles E. J enner , University of
North Carolina; D r . Stuart M udd, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia;
P rofessor Alvin N ovick, Yale University; D r . Ruth P atrick, Academy of
Natural Sciences; P rofessor M alcolm S. Steinberg , The Johns Hopkins University;
D r . R. C. von Borstel, Oak Ridge National Laboratory; D r . An n a R. W hiting,
University of Pennsylvania.
CHEMISTRY: P rofessor Clark E. Bricker, The College of Wooster; P rofessor
W alter K auzm ann , Princeton University; P rofessor Robert I. W alter, Haver
ford College.
ECONOMICS: P rofessor K en n eth J. Arrow , Council of Economic Advisers, Wash
ington, D. C.; P rofessor M orton J. Baratz, Bryn Mawr College; P rofessor
R onald W . J ones , University of Rochester.
ENGINEERING: Professor L. P aul Bolgiano , J r ., University of Delaware; P rofes
sor M unir R. E l-Saden , North Carolina State College; P rofessor Bruce G Lutz,
University of Delaware; P rofessor Sidney Shore , University of Pennsylvania.
ENGLISH LITERATURE: P rofessor Robert M. Adams, Cornell University; P rofes
sor H arry Berger, Yale University; P rofessor T heodore H ornberger, Univer
sity of Pennsylvania; P rofessor S. Fred J ohnson , Columbia University; P rofessor
J. H illis M iller , The Johns Hopkins University.
FINE ARTS: P rofessor J ames F owls , Bryn M a m College; P rofessor Robert A.
K och , Princeton University; P rofessor Ben ton Spruance , Beaver College; P ro
fessor A. Richard T urner , Princeton University.
HISTORY: P rofessor P h ilip C. F. Bankwitz , Trinity College; P rofessor N orton
D owns , Trinity College; P rofessor Samuel P. H ays, University of Pittsburgh;
P rofessor Beatrice H yslop, Hunter College; P rofessor Richard Lyman , Stan
ford University.
MATHEMATICS: P rofessor L. H. Loomis, Harvard University; P rofessor C. O.
O akley, Haverford College; P rofessor J. Barkley Rosser, Cornell University.
MODERN LANGUAGES—FRENCH: P rofessor N athan Edelman , The Johns Hop
kins University; P rofessor Armand H oog, Princeton University.
MODERN LANGUAGES—GERMAN: P rofessor D etlev Schum ann , University of
Pennsylvania.
MODERN LANGUAGES— LINGUISTIC SCIENCE:
worth , University of Pennsylvania.
P rofessor Frank C. South-
MUSIC: Professor A. T illm an M erritt, Harvard University.
PHILOSOPHY A N D RELIGION: P rofessor W illiam A. Christian , Yale University;
-Professor G len n M orrow , University of Pennsylvania; P rofessor M ary M othersill , The City College; P rofessor J o h n Rawls , Harvard University; P rofessor
W esley C. Salmon , Brown University.
PHYSICS: P rofessor R obert L. Sproull , Cornell University; P rofessor Roger
W almsley, University of Pennsylvania.
144
POLITICAL SCIENCE: Professor W illiam M. Beanby , Princeton University; P ro
fessor J o h n W . Chapman , University of Pittsburgh; P rofessor D aniel S.
Cheever, University of Pittsburgh; P rofessor H olland H unter , Haverford Col
lege; P rofessor Francis E. Rourke, The Johns Hopkins University.
PSYCHOLOGY: Professor M. E. Bitterman , Bryn Mawr College; P rofbssor D onald
R. Brow n , Bryn Mawr College; P rofessor Roger W . Brow n , Massachusetts
Institute of Technology; P rofessor J oseph J. Greenbaum , The New School; Pro
fessor I rvin Rock , Yeshiva University.
145
D egrees Conferred
June 11, 1962
Ba c h elo r
of
A rts
In the Division of the Humanities
E llen L. Asher (English Literature)
D avid Sidney Bamberger (History)
Rose-M arib Bentelb (Russian)
Bernard M ayer Berman (Fine Arts)
P eter Ebin Biskind (English Literature)
P eter Brandt (History)
Paul A ndrew Brest (English Literature)
T. A lan Broughton (English Literature)
R ebecca Brow n (Fine Arts)
M ichael G eorge Bunker
(English Literature)
D avid Abraham Burack
(English Literature)
M ary Lane Chase (Fine Arts)
Jo An n C hatelain (French)
D eborah D ickinson (Fine A rts)
Susan E llen E hrlich (History)
H enry M ichael Eisler ***
(English Literature)
M aurice G ray E ldridgb
(English Literature)
E leanor Catherine J ahoda
(English Literature)
K eith D alson G eoffrey J ohnson
(English Literature)
Reida J ohnson (History)
G eorge Frederick M ontgomery J ones
(History)
J ay Sigmund K erzner (Russian)
N aomi E leanor K ies (History)
Sally Reba V exler K lein (French)
N ancy R u th K ramer
(English Literature)
D avid Benedict G eorg K resh
(English Literature)
J acqueline Anita Lapidus (History)
Shirley A n n e Law (Fine Arts)
Rita Barbara Lem chen
(English Literature)
M arged Lindner (Psychology)
K athleen M alley (History)
G eorgene M allonee
(English Literature)
T homas H u n t Evans
(English Literature)
D arl P. Eves (French)
A. H arris Fairbanks (English Literature)
K athleen M argaret Faverty
(English Literature)
Sue A shton Fines (French)
M argaret F laccus (English Literature)
P hyllis A. F oster (Fine Arts)
J ames A nth o n y Freyer (Latin)
M errie G ardner (English Literature)
M ary M arjorib G ilruth (Fine Arts)
Susan G oodman (History)
Lora K atherine G raham (French)
J o h n H olmes G reen (History)
P aula H. G ross (English Literature)
Robert J ay G ross (English Literature)
J udith G utman (History)
N icolas F ischer H a h n
(English Literature)
(History)
P aul H annum
Carolinb Sue H odges
(English Literature)
E mily J ane M alsin (English Literature)
Steph en W alter M ark
(English Literature)
J udith Benita M arkham (History)
M ary Sandra M cD iarmid
(English Literature)
A n n e G ayler M iller (Greek)
A n n M orton (History)
G unnar N iem i (Philosophy)
Christian Friedrich O tto (German)
Barbara J osephine Palmer (Latin)
P atience N ene P arrish (Fine Arts)
K atharine H artwell P eckham
(Fine Arts)
J eanne Barron P en nim an (Fine Arts)
Carolyn P enta (English Literature)
M ary E lizabeth Rodman
(English Literature)
Stanley Rosenberg (English Literature)
Lee Ruth Rosenblum
(English Literature)
Stephanie J o R oss (French)
* As of the Class of 1961.
** As of the Class of 1951.
146
Mary M inier Sargent (Mathematics)
Peter J ulian Schoenbach (Spanish)
Bettie Schottenfels
(English Literature)
J udith M arie Schwartz (History)
Margaret Stanley Segal (History)
Arthur J ay Siegel (History)
L. Keith Simmer , J r . (History)
Steven Lawrence Sles
(English Literature)
T hom pson (Latin)
N orma J ean
Mary An n T omkins (Religion)
Lenore V eit (English Literature)
P eter Sanborn W alch (Fine Arts)
N ina deA ngeli W alls (French)
R osemary W erner (Russian)
J oyce Seabrook W hyte (Philosophy)
D aniela W itomska (History)
J udith J ohnston W oodbury (Fine Arts)
D ouglas G rey W orth
(English Literature)
E lizabeth W right (Fine Arts)
J o h n H enry W right (Latin)
L ewis D avid W urgaft (History)
In the Division of the Social Sciences
Brian Eric A ppel (Economics)
Paul Stanley Armington
J ames Robert H imes (Economics)
T homas Arthur H odgson, J r .
(Economics)
(International Relations)
Susan M argaret Arnold (History)
Linda Christine Avery
(Political Science)
Deborah Ayres (History)
J ames W. Barnes (Economics)
Jane Brand (Political Science)
John W illiam Brod (Economics)
Omogi Calleb
(Political Science-International Relations)
W alter F ord Carter (History)
Jerome Samuel Coh en *
(Political Science)
Adelaide Crosby Curll (Psychology)
Jane Cadwallader D ixon (Psychology)
Diana M ack D rake (Psychology)
Suzanne P. D uvall (Political Science)
Marjorie H arrison E ldredge
(Political Science)
(History)
Evelyn Edson
David V an D eusen Edwards
(Political Science)
J oan Espenschied (Psychology)
J. P eter Euben * (Political Science)
Nicholas A. F edoruk
(Political Science-International Relations)
Oliver T homas F ein (Political Science)
Carol P errigo Fox (Political Science)
Linda D ae F ulton (Economics)
Merritt W illits H allowell *
(Economics)
John H. H and (Economics)
Roger Lee H eacock, J r .
(Political Science)
D aniel Richard H eadrick (Economics)
J ames A. H enretta (History)
Cynthia An n H eynen
(Political Science-International Relations)
E lizabeth Bullard H olden
(Political Science-International Relations)
A lan J enks (History)
Christine W alton J ensen (Economics)
M argaret S. K aetzel (History)
Robert Lewis K aplan (Political Science)
D avid Elwyn K idder
(Political Science-International Relations)
W illiam K elvin Krist
(Political Science-International Relations)
Eric N orman K ronfeld (History)
P eter Samuel Latham (Political Science)
Seth Edward M any (Philosophy)
Betsy D iana M artin (Political Science)
J ames K en neth M eh an (Economics)
J o h n Ralph M iele
(Political Science-International Relations)
W illiam J onathan M orehouse
(Economics)
M ary Barbara M urphy (History)
Ralph W esley M utchlbr , J r .
(Political Science)
A ndrea N eiman (Economics)
Cynthia M. N orris (Psychology)
M argaret A n n P ickett (Psychology)
A ntho ny J o h n P litnik (Economics)
Louis Burton P otter (Economics)
Carolyn R hoades
(Political Science-International Relations)
W illiam R obbins Ridington , J r .
(History)
P aul A lan Rothm an (Economics)
J o h n Codman Ruh nka
(Political Science)
Arlie J ulia R ussell
(Political Science-International Relations)
Frederick H ooker Russell (History)
* As of the Class of 1961.
147
J o h n Schuchardt * (Political Science)
J ames D mitri Storozuk
(Political Science-International Relations)
Ronald G rikor Suny (History)
M arsha Swiss (History)
J o h n Ernest T annehill
J o h n Bell T hom pson (History)
T od J effrey T oy (Economics)
Edward Carl U eh lein , J r . (Economics)
J udith D. W alsh (Psychology)
J o h n Lee W einberg (Economics)
(Political Science)
In the Division of the Natural Sciences
T erry Reynolds A llen (Zoology)
Richard C. Bechtel , J r . (Psychology)
Laura H elen Berkeley (Botany)
J o h n D avid Berryman (Biology)
G eorge F. Bertsch (Physics)
Elna O tter Binford (Physics)
St e p h e n L. B loom (Mathematics)
M arjorie W right Boyer (Philosophy)
R uth E llen Brosi (Zoology)
W. Butler B urton (Mathematics)
P eter H allock C ampbell (Biology)
G eorge Clayton C arroll (Botany)
Lois E linor C larenbach (Psychology)
D e L anson Ross Crist (Chemistry)
Charles H erbert E llis, J r . (Zoology)
St eph en T hom pson Em len (Zoology)
J o h n G rover Even , II (Biology)
J oanna M argaret F erber (Chemistry)
M ary D iane Fin e (Biology)
H arris Edward Fischer (Physics)
A n n e W. K oopmans Frankel (Biology)
Cyn th ia 'A n n G anung (Psychology)
G ay Colleen G ilmore (Biology)
Robert L. G oble (Physics)
Ronald St eph en G oor (Zoology)
D ouglas Scott H all (Chemistry)
Christopher Robin H opps (Zoology)
M argaret Reno H urchalla
(Psychology)
Suzanne I verson (Biology)
Charles Brow n K immel (Zoology)
St e p h e n D ouglas K och (Botany)
L loyd Barton Kreuzer (Physics)
V alorie A nn e Ladd (Psychology)
D avid K ellogg Lewis (Philosophy)
D avid A lan M aybee (Zoology)
M ary Caroline M cCutchan
(Mathematics)
J o h n Beecher N esbitt (Zoology)
J o h n T hom pson O glesby, II (Zoology)
N icholas P assell (Mathematics)
Edward Christian P rescott
(Mathematics)
Robert A. Rescorla (Psychology)
D avid Claude Richardson (Chemistry)
J ames J o h lin Robinson (Mathematics)
J onathan Lincoln R osner (Physics)
D on Louis Scarborough (Psychology)
Steph en Carl Schoenbaum
(Mathematics)
M artha A nn e Scott (Chemistry)
Bert I rw in Shapiro (Zoology)
J ane Shelby (Philosophy)
N oel Friedrich Ralph Snyder (Biology)
Arthur J o h n Solodar (Chemistry)
Charles H alcomb Springer
(Chemistry)
P arker J onathan Staples (Zoology)
R obert N ichols Stearns (Mathematics)
J o h n K irker Stephen s (Mathematics)
P hillip J ay Stone (Chemistry)
H erbert H opper T aylor (Philosophy)
W alter F uller T aylor (Physics)
D avid W illiam T homas (Chemistry)
P eter K en neth U nger (Philosophy)
Lise J o W aldman (Mathematics)
J o h n T heodore W arrington , J r .
(Zoology)
A lbert J. W illiams , 3rd. (Physics)
E lizabeth Sm yth W ood (Mathematics)
Suzanne Estelle W right (Zoology)
Barbara Y oder (Chemistry)
* As of the Class of 1961.
148
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
ln the Division of Engineering
W arren Creamer K endig
Lawrence J o h n Caroff
(Engineering Sciences)
James Robert Chestnut
(Engineering Sciences)
Robert Croft E llis
(Electrical Engineering)
Allen Clark G iese
(Electrical Engineering)
Louis Lee M oore, III
(Electrical Engineering)
J o h n L. N elson
(Mechanical Engineering)
Stuart J ay Safft
(Mechanical Engineering)
(Engineering Sciences)
D ouglas Carl T hom pson
Allbn H arvey G reenleaf
(Electrical Engineering)
(Mechanical Engineering)
D avid A rthur W alter
Nikki Elizabeth H ildum
(Civil Engineering)
(Engineering Sciences)
P eter Sven W estine (Civil Engineering)
MASTER OF ARTS
Psychology
Astronomy
Astronomy
E ugenb A bravanel
P h ilip A. I anna
J o n K e n n eth W ooley
DOCTOR OF LAWS
CONSTANTINOS A. DOXIADIS
Richard H . M c Feely
H ilton S. Read
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
Charlotte M oore Sitterly
149
Awards and D istinctions
June 11, 1962
H o n o rs A w arded
by t h e
V isiting E x a m iners
HONORS:
Paul Stanley Armington, John David Berryman, Peter Ebin Biskind, Ruth Ellen Brosi,
T. Alan Broughton, W. Butler Burton, James. Robert Chesnut, Lois Elinor Clarenbach, DeLanson Ross Crist, Suzanne P. Duvall, David VanDeusen Edwards, A. Harris
Fairbanks, Sue Ashton Fines, Phyllis A. Foster, Cynthia Arm Ganung, Allen Clark
Giese, Mary Marjorie Gilruth, Robert L. Goble, Lora Katherine Graham, Robert Jay
Gross, Judith Gutman, John H. Hand, Nikki Elizabeth Hildum, James Robert Himes,
Christopher Robin Hopps, Peter Samuel Latham, Marged Lindner, Andrea Neiman,
Carolyn Penta, Louis Burton Potter, James Johlin Robinson, Stephen Carl Schoenbaum,
Jane Shelby, Robert Nichols Stearns, Marsha Swiss, John Bell Thompson, Lise Jo
Waldman, Nina deAngeli Walls, Douglas Grey Worth.
HIGH HONORS:
Ellen L. Asher, Stephen L. Bloom, Lawrence John Caroff, George Clayton Carroll,
Oliver Thomas Fein, Ronald Stephen Goor, Nicolas Fischer Hahn, James A. Henretta,
Margaret Reno Hurchalla, Naomi Eleanor Kies, Stephen Douglas Koch, Nancy Ruth
Kramer, Lloyd Barton Kreuzer, Jacqueline Anita Lapidus, David Kellogg Lewis,
Judith Benita Markham, Nicholas Passell, Frederick Hooker Russell, Arthur Jay
Siegel, John Kirker Stephens, Ronald Grikor Suny, John Ernest Tannehill, Walter
Fuller Taylor, Peter Kenneth Unger, Lenore Veit, Peter Sanborn Walch, Lewis David
Wurgaft.
HIGHEST HONORS:
George F. Bertsch, Stephen Walter Mark, Robert A. Rescorla, Lee Ruth Rosenblum,
Jonathan Lincoln Rosner, Bert Irwin Shapiro.
D is t in c t io n
in
C ourse A w arded
by t h e
F acu lty
David Sidney Bamberger, Rose-Marie Bentele, Diana Mack Drake, Stephen Thompson
Emlen, Allen Harvey Greenleaf, Reida Johnson, David Elwyn Kidder, Charles Brown
Kimmel, Eric Norman Kronfeld, Mary Caroline McCutchan, Stephanie Jo Ross,
Norma Jean Thompson, Rosemary Werner.
E le c t io n s
to
H o n o ra ry Societies
PHI BETA KAPPA:
David Sidney Bamberger, George F. Bertsch, Stephen L. Bloom, T. Alan Broughton,
George Clayton Carroll, David VanDeusen Edwards, Ronald Stephen Goor, Nicolas
Fischer Hahn, John H. Hand, James A. Henretta, Margaret Reno Hurchalla, Reida
Johnson, David Elwyn Kidder, Nancy Ruth Kramer, Lloyd Barton Kreuzer, Jacqueline
Anita Lapidus, David Kellogg Lewis, Stephen Walter Mark, Judith Benita Markham,
Nicholas Passell, Robert A. Rescorla, Lee Ruth Rosenblum, Jonathan Lincoln Rosner,
Stephanie Jo Ross, Frederick Hooker Russell, Bert Irwin Shapiro, Jane Shelby, Arthur
Jay Siegel, John Kirker Stephens, Ronald Grikor Suny, Walter Fuller Taylor, John
Bell Thompson, Norma Jean Thompson, Peter Kenneth Unger, Lenore Veit.
SIGMA XI:
George F. Bertsch, Stephen L. Bloom, W. Butler Burton, Lawrence John Caroff,
George Clayton Carroll, DeLanson Ross Crist, Robert L. Goble, Allen Harvey Greenleaf, Nikki Elizabeth Hildum, Philip Anthony Ianna, Lloyd Barton Kreuzer, Nicholas
Passell, David Claude Richardson, Jonathan Lincoln Rosner, Stephen Carl Schoen-
150
baum, Bert Irwin Shapiro, John Kirker Stephens, Walter Fuller Taylor, Albert J.
Williams, 3rd, Jon Kenneth Wooley, Barbara Yoder.
SIGMA TAU:
James Robert Chestnut, Allen Harvey Greenleaf, Nikki Elizabeth Hildum, Warren
Creamer Kendig, Stuart Jay Saflft.
SW ARTHM ORE CO LLEG E FEL LO W SH IP AWARDS
The Hannah A. Leedom Fellowship to Lenore M acG affey A brahams.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to Ronald G rikor Suny .
The John Lockwood Memorial Fellowship to Carolyn R hoades.
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Cynthia An n H eynen .
The Martha E. Tyson Fellowship to Lora K atherine G raham .
The Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship to N orma J ean T hom pson .
S pecia l A wards *
The Ivy Medal to D avid V an D eusen Edwards.
The Oak Leaf Medal to Caroline Sue H odges.
The McCabe Engineering Award to Lawrence J o h n Caroff .
The John W . Nason Award to H oward M. J enkins .
The Katherine B. Sicard Prize to An n e T. F ew .
The William Plummer Potter Public Speaking Fund Awards:
The Potter Poetry Reading Contest: first prize, Christina P oole ; second prize,
M ary W illiams ; third prize, Rosamund Sto ne .
The Potter One-Act Play Contest: prize awarded to D uncan K. F oley .
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes: first prize, J o h n O. Sim o n ; second prize, Edward
H. A llen .
The Lois Morrell Poetry Award to Christian F. O tto .
The A. Edward Newton Library Prize to J udith B. M arkham .
The Brand Blanshard Prize to D avid K. Lewis.
The Phi Beta Kappa Prize to A llan G ibbard and Robert P utnam .
The Scott Award to D avid A. H eider.
The Sarah Kaighn Cooper Scholarship to Robert P utnam .
The Radio Corporation of America Scholarship to J. Evan D eardorff.
The May E. Parry Memorial Award to M argaret F laccus.
* A description of each of these awards can be found in another section of the catalogue.
151
Enrollment of Students by Classes—1961-62
Seniors .............................
Juniors ............................. ___
Sophomores ..................... . . . .
Freshmen ......................... . . . .
Men
137
106
139
133
Women
106
107
113
125
Total
243
213
252
258
Special Students ............
Graduate Students.......... ___
515
4
2
451
3
0
966
7
2
Totals .............. -----
521
454
975
Geographical Distribution—1961-62
New York .........................................
Pennsylvania .......................................
New Je rse y .........................................
Massachusetts .....................................
M aryland........ ....................................
Illin o is.................................................
Connecticut .........................................
V irginia...............................................
California ...........................................
Delaware ...........................................
Ohio ......................
District of C olum bia.........................
Michigan .............................................
Wisconsin ...........................................
Indiana ...............................................
Kentucky .............................................
Missouri ..............................
North C arolina..........................
Tennessee ...........................................
T e x a s...................................................
W ashington.........................................
Maine .................................................
Minnesota ...........................................
Oregon ...............................................
Rhode Islan d .......................................
Florida ...............................................
Louisiana.............................................
West Virginia ...................................
Colorado .............................................
Georgia ...............................................
Hawaii ...............................................
Kansas .................................................
208
194
82
56
41
37
34
30
29
28
27
26
18
11
10
10
10
10
10
8
7
6
6
5
5
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
New M exico.......................................
Oklahoma ...........................................
Alabama .............................................
Iowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New H am pshire.................................
Vermont ..............................
Arizona ...............................................
Arkansas .............................................
North D a k o ta .....................................
South Dakota .....................................
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Total United States ..........
Canada ..........................................
E nglan d ...............................................
J a p a n .......... .......................
Germany ..............................
I ta ly .....................................................
Nigeria ...............................................
B. W . I.......................
E g y p t...................................................
Ghana .................................................
Greece .................................................
Iran .....................................................
Kenya .................................................
Pakistan...............................................
Poland ......................................
Puerto R ic o .........................................
Venezuela ...........................................
950
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total from ab ro a d ............
Grand Total .......................................
25
975
152
Index
Absence from classes and Collection, 60
Absence from Examinations, 61
Academic Requirements, Committee on, 21,
61
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 22-24
Admissions P rocedure, 29-31
Application Dates, 30
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 30-31
School Subjects Recommended, 30
Advanced Degrees, 62-63
Advanced Standing, 31
Advisers, 47, 53
Alumnae Scholarship, 35
Alumni Association, Officers of, 11
Alumni Council, 11
Alumni Office, 24, 47
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation,
43
Arts Center, 44
Astronomical Observatories, 41, 68
Astronomy, Courses in, 68-69
Athletic Fields, see Map, 158
Atkinson (Barclay G.) Scholarship, 39
Atkinson (Rebecca M.) Scholarship, 39
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 60
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 48
Awards and Prizes, 64-65, 150-151
Aydelotte (Frank and Marie) Scholarship,
36
Bachelor of Arts Degree, 62
Bachelor of Science Degree, 62
Bartol Research Foundation, 41
Benjamin West House, 44, 158
Benjamin West Lecture, 44
Biddle Memorial Library, 41
Biology, Courses in, 70-74
Blanshard (Brand) Prize, 64
Board of Managers, Committees of, 9, 10
Board of Managers, Members of 8, 9
Botany, Courses in, 70-72
Bower (Edward S.) Memorial Scholarship,
38
Buildings, see Map, 158-159
Bunting (Ella Frances) Extemporaneous
Speaking Contests, 65
Calendar, College, 5-6
Chemistry, Courses in, 75-78
Chi Omega Scholarship, 39
Churches, 45
Class of 1913 Loan Fund, 40
Class of 1915 Scholarship Fund, 37
Class of 1916 Loan Fund, 40
Class of 1920 Loan Fund, 40
Class of 1930 Scholarship, 37
Class of 1931 Scholarship Fund, 37
Class of 1936 Loan Fund, 40
Classics, Courses in, 79-81
Cole (Sarah Antrim) Scholarship, 38
Collection Attendance, Regulation concern
ing, 46, 62
College Community, 27, 47
College Entrance Examinations, 30-31
College Jobs, 40
Committees of the Board of Managers, 9,
10
Committees of the Faculty, 21
Comprehensive Examinations, 53, 55
Cooper (Sarah Kaighn) Scholarship, 35
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 42-43
Cooperation with Neighboring Institutions,
26, 142
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Course Advisers, 47, 53
Courses of I nstruction , 67-142
Astronomy, 68-69
Biology, 70-74
Chemistry, 75-78
Classics, 79-81
Economics, 82-84
Engineering, 85-95
Civil, 89-90
Electrical, 91-93
Mechanical, 94-95
English Literature, 96-99
Fine Arts, 100-102
History, 103-106
International Relations, 107, 132
Mathematics, 108-110
Modem Languages, 111-117
Music, 118-120
Philosophy and Religion, 121-125
Physical Education for Men, 126
Physical Education for Women, 127128
Physics, 129-131
Political Science, 132-136
Psychology and Education, 137-141
Russian Studies, 142
Cutting (Bronson M.) Collection, 44
Index
Decker (Kathleen H. and Martin M)
Foundation Scholarship, 37
D egrees, 62-63
Advanced Engineering
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science
Master of Arts
Master of Science
Degrees Conferred, 146-149
Delta Gamma Scholarship, 39
Dining Rooms, 45
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 31
Distinction in course, 55
Divisions and Departments, 20
Dormitories, 45
Dorsey (William) Scholarship, 39
duPont (Pierre S.) Science Building, 41
Economics, Courses in, 82-84
Education, Courses in, 137, 140
Education, Physical, 126-128
Ellsler (George) Scholarship, 39
Emeritus Professors, 13
Engineering, Courses in, 85-95
Engineering, Degrees in, 52, 62-63, 85
English Literature, Courses in, 96-99
Entrance Requirements, 29-31
Examination Regulations, 61
Examinations, College Board, 30-31
Exclusion from College, 62
Expenses, 32
Extra or Fewer Courses, 61
Extra-Curricular Activities, 49
Faculty Members of, 13-19
Faculty Regulations, 48, 60-62
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 32, 63
Fellowships, 65-66
Ferguson (Donald Renwick), Scholarship,
35
Fine Arts, Courses in, 100-102
Foreign Language Requirements, 54
Foreign Students, 152
Foreign Study, 59
Fraternities, 50
French, Courses in, 111-113
Friends Historical Library, 23, 42
Friends Meeting, 45
Geographical Distribution of Students, 152
German Language and Literature, Courses
in, 114-116
Gillingham (Joseph E.) Fund, 39
Grades, 60
Graduate Study, 62-63
Graduation, Requirements for, 62
Grants-in-aid, 40
Greek Language and Literature, Courses in,
79, 81
Hayes (John Russell), Poetry Prizes, 65
Health, Care of Student, 46
Hillborn (Rachel W .) Scholarship, 38
History, Courses in, 103-106
Honors, Reading for, 55-58
Examiners, 57-58, 144-145
Housing, 27, 45
Industrial Credit Company of Chester Schol
arship, 37
Infirmaries, 46
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 33, 46
International Relations, Courses in, 107,
132
Ivins (Aaron B.) Scholarship, 34
Ivy Award, 64, 151
Johnson (George K. and Sallie K.) Fund,
36
Johnson (Howard Cooper) Scholarship, 34
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship Fund, 36
Kappa Kappa Gamma Scholarship, 39
Kovalenko (Jessie Stevenson) Scholarship,
36
Lafore Scholarship, 39
Latin Language and Literature, Courses in,
80-81
Lawrence (E. Hibberd) Scholarship, 37
Leedom (Hannah A.) Fellowship, 65
Leedom (Thomas L.) Scholarship, 39
Libraries, 23, 41-42
Biddle Memorial, 41
College, 41
Friends Historical, 41-42
Lilly (Scott B.) Scholarship, 34
Lindback (Christian and Mary F.) Scholar
ship, 35
Lippincott (Joshua) Fellowship, 65
Lippincott (Sarah E.) Scholarship, 39
Loans to Students, 40
Lockwood (John) Memorial Fellowship, 65
Longstreth (Mary T.) Scholarship, 36
Lucretia Mott Fellowship, 66
Index
Managers, Board of, 8, 9
Map of College Grounds, 158-159
Marshall (Clara B.) Scholarship, 36
Martin Biological laboratory, 41
Mathematics, Courses in, 108, 110
McCabe Engineering Award, 64, 151
McCabe (Thomas B.) Scholarship, 34
Meeting House, 45, 158
Men’s Student Government, 49
Mertz (Peter) Scholarship, 35
Midwest Scholarships, 37
Miller (James E.) Scholarship, 39
Miller (John A.) Loan Fund, 40
Moon (Owen) Fund for Public Speaking,
65
Morrell (Lois) Poetry Award, 65
Mott (Lucretia) Fellowship, 66
Music, Courses in, 118-120
Nason (John W .) Award), 64, 151
Newton (A. Edward) Library Prize, 64
Oak Leaf Award, 64, 151
Observatories, Astronomical, 41, 68
Open Scholarships for Men, 33
Open Scholarships for Women, 35
Paiste (Harriet) Fund, 36
Parry (May E.) Memorial Award, 65
Pearson (Paul M.) Loan Fund, 40
Perkins (T. H. Dudley) Memorial Scholar
ship, 34
Phi Beta Kappa Fellowship, 66
Phi Beta Kappa Prize, 64
Philosophy, Courses in, 121-125
Physical Education for Men, 126
Physical Education for Women, 127-128
Physical Education Requirements, 61, 126128
Physics, Courses in, 129-131
Plan of College Grounds, 158-159
Political Science, Courses in, 132-136
Pool (Anthony Beekman) Scholarship, 35
Potter Collection of Recorded Literature, 44
Potter (Wm. Plummer) Public Speaking
Fund, 65, 151
Pre-Medical Program, 58
Preston (Mary Coates) Scholarship, 36
Prizes, 64-65, 151
Program of Study, 52-59
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 53-54
For Juniors and Seniors, 55-58
Honors Work, 55-58
Pre-Medical Program, 58
Psychology, Courses in, 137-141
Public Speaking Prizes, 65, 151
RCA Scholarship, 37
Reeves (Mark E.) Scholarship, 40
Religion, Courses in, 121-125
Religious Life, 45-46
Requirements for Admission, 29-31
Requirements for Graduation, 62
Residence, Regulations concerning, 45, 62
Russian Studies, Courses in, 116, 142
Scholarships, List of, 33-39
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 30-31
Scott (Arthur Hoyt) Horticulture Founda
tion, 43
Scott Award, 36, 151
Serrill (William G. and Mary N .) Schol
arship, 35
Sharpies (Philip T.) Scholarship, 34
Shoemaker (Annie) Scholarship, 35
Sicard (Katherine B.) Prize, 64, 151
Sigma Xi Fellowship, 66
Social Committee, 49
Solomon (Frank) Scholarship, 40
Somerville Committee, 49
Spanish, Courses in, 116-117
Spock (Betty Dougherty) Memorial Fund,
44
Sproul (Mary) Scholarship, 40
Sproul Observatory, 41, 68
Squier (Helen) Scholarship, 40
States, Summary of Students by, 152
Strozier (Francis Holmes) Memorial Fund,
40
Student Aid, 32-40
Student Activities Bulletin, 50
Student Council, 48
Study Abroad, 59
Sullivan (Joseph T .) Scholarship, 40
Sullivan (Marshall P.) Scholarship, 37
Summer School Work, 61
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 23,
42
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund, 40
Tarble (Newton E.) Award, 34
Taylor (Jonathan K.) Scholarship, 38
Thome (Phebe Anna) Fund, 38
Transfer, Application for, 31
Tuition and Other Fees, 32
Tyson (Martha E.) Fellowship, 66
155
Index
Underhill (Daniel) Scholarship, 38
Vocational Advising, 47
West, Benjamin, Lecture, 44
Westbury Quarterly Meeting Scholarship,
38
Wharton (Deborah F.) Scholarship, 40
White Open Scholarships for Women, 35
Willets (Samuel) Fund, 39
William J. Cooper Foundation, 42-43
Williams (Ellis D .) Fund, 40
Williamson (I. V.) Scholarships, 39
Wilson (Edward Clarkson) Scholarship,
38, 39
Women’s Student Government Association,
49
Wood (Mary) Fund, 36
Woodnutt (Thomas) Scholarship, 40
Zoology, Courses in, 72-74
156
Map of College and Key
1 Parrish H all
2 Clothier M emorial
3 Sproul Observatory
4 W harton H all
5 Scott Outdoor Auditorium
6 Scott Foundation Building
7 H all Gymnasium
8 Swim m ing Pool
9 M artin Building
10 Parrish Annex
11 Pierre S. duPont Science
Building
12 Professors’ Residences
13 W oolman House
14 Book and Key House
15 President’s House
16 W hittier House
17 Friends M eeting House
18 Bartol Foundation
19 A rts Center
20 Trotter H all
21 H icks H all
22 Beardsley HaU
23 Som erville Recreation Cen
ter and Snack Bar
24 Cunningham House
25 Robinson House
26 W orth Dormitory
27 Benjamin W est House
157
28 College Library and Friends
Historical Library
29 Bond Memorial and Class
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Lodges
Tennis Courts
Cunningham Field
W diets Dormitory
Pennsylvania Railroad Sta
tion
Palmer Hall
Pittenger HaU
Roberts HaU
Prep Gymnasium
Clothier Fields
Lamb-Miller Field House
Employees’ Dormitory
Power Plant
Employees’ Houses
Phi Kappa Psi Fraternity
Lodge
44 Delta XJpsilon Fraternity
Lodge
45 Phi Sigma Kappa Fraternity
Lodge
46 Tau Alpha Omicron Fratem iy Lodge
47 Kappa Sigma Fraternity
Lodge
48 Mary Lyon Buildings
•lì
tiL
\û
Il
HB
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1962-1963
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1962 - 1963
168 pages
reformatted digital